A sequence counter write section must be serialized or its internal
state can get corrupted. A plain seqcount_t does not contain the
information of which lock must be held to guaranteee write side
serialization.
For xfrm_state_hash_generation, use seqcount_spinlock_t instead of plain
seqcount_t. This allows to associate the spinlock used for write
serialization with the sequence counter. It thus enables lockdep to
verify that the write serialization lock is indeed held before entering
the sequence counter write section.
If lockdep is disabled, this lock association is compiled out and has
neither storage size nor runtime overhead.
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <a.darwish@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
A sequence counter write section must be serialized or its internal
state can get corrupted. The "xfrm_state_hash_generation" seqcount is
global, but its write serialization lock (net->xfrm.xfrm_state_lock) is
instantiated per network namespace. The write protection is thus
insufficient.
To provide full protection, localize the sequence counter per network
namespace instead. This should be safe as both the seqcount read and
write sections access data exclusively within the network namespace. It
also lays the foundation for transforming "xfrm_state_hash_generation"
data type from seqcount_t to seqcount_LOCKNAME_t in further commits.
Fixes: b65e3d7be0 ("xfrm: state: add sequence count to detect hash resizes")
Signed-off-by: Ahmed S. Darwish <a.darwish@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
call_gro_receive() is used to limit GRO recursion, but it works only
with callback pointers.
There's a combined version of call_gro_receive() + INDIRECT_CALL_2()
in <net/inet_common.h>, but it doesn't check for IPv6 modularity.
Add a similar new helper to cover both of these. It can and will be
used to avoid retpoline overhead when IP header lies behind another
offloaded proto.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If some source file includes <net/gro.h>, but doesn't include
<linux/indirect_call_wrapper.h>:
In file included from net/8021q/vlan_core.c:7:
./include/net/gro.h:6:1: warning: data definition has no type or storage class
6 | INDIRECT_CALLABLE_DECLARE(struct sk_buff *ipv6_gro_receive(struct list_head *,
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
./include/net/gro.h:6:1: error: type defaults to ‘int’ in declaration of ‘INDIRECT_CALLABLE_DECLARE’ [-Werror=implicit-int]
[...]
Include <linux/indirect_call_wrapper.h> directly. It's small and
won't pull lots of dependencies.
Also add some incomplete struct declarations to be fully stacked.
Fixes: 04f00ab227 ("net/core: move gro function declarations to separate header ")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
1) Several patches to testore use of memory barriers instead of RCU to
ensure consistent access to ruleset, from Mark Tomlinson.
2) Fix dump of expectation via ctnetlink, from Florian Westphal.
3) GRE helper works for IPv6, from Ludovic Senecaux.
4) Set error on unsupported flowtable flags.
5) Use delayed instead of deferrable workqueue in the flowtable,
from Yinjun Zhang.
6) Fix spurious EEXIST in case of add-after-delete flowtable in
the same batch.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order for a driver to be able to query a bridge for information
about itself, e.g. reading out port flags, it has to use a netdev that
is known to the bridge. In the simple case, that is just the netdev
representing the port, e.g. swp0 or swp1 in this example:
br0
/ \
swp0 swp1
But in the case of an offloaded lag, this will be the bond or team
interface, e.g. bond0 in this example:
br0
/
bond0
/ \
swp0 swp1
Add a helper that hides some of this complexity from the
drivers. Then, redefine dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port using the helper
to avoid double accounting of the set of possible offloaded uppers.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not update table flags from the preparation phase. Store the flags
update into the transaction, then update the flags from the commit
phase.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Simplify existing fast NAT routines by returning void. After the
skb_try_make_writable() call consolidation, these routines cannot ever
fail.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This allows to remove the default case which should not ever happen and
that was added to avoid gcc warnings on unhandled FLOW_OFFLOAD_DIR_MAX
enumeration case.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
commit e97c3e278e ("tproxy: split off ipv6 defragmentation to a separate
module") left behind this.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Honor flowtable flags from the control update path. Disallow disabling
to toggle hardware offload support though.
Fixes: 8bb69f3b29 ("netfilter: nf_tables: add flowtable offload control plane")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add support for legacy Broadcom tags, which are similar to DSA_TAG_PROTO_BRCM.
These tags are used on BCM5325, BCM5365 and BCM63xx switches.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a non-initial netns is destroyed, the usual policy is to delete
all virtual network interfaces contained, but move physical interfaces
back to the initial netns. This keeps the physical interface visible
on the system.
CAN devices are somewhat special, as they define rtnl_link_ops even
if they are physical devices. If a CAN interface is moved into a
non-initial netns, destroying that netns lets the interface vanish
instead of moving it back to the initial netns. default_device_exit()
skips CAN interfaces due to having rtnl_link_ops set. Reproducer:
ip netns add foo
ip link set can0 netns foo
ip netns delete foo
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 84 at net/core/dev.c:11030 ops_exit_list+0x38/0x60
CPU: 1 PID: 84 Comm: kworker/u4:2 Not tainted 5.10.19 #1
Workqueue: netns cleanup_net
[<c010e700>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<c010a1d8>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[<c010a1d8>] (show_stack) from [<c086dc10>] (dump_stack+0x94/0xa8)
[<c086dc10>] (dump_stack) from [<c086b938>] (__warn+0xb8/0x114)
[<c086b938>] (__warn) from [<c086ba10>] (warn_slowpath_fmt+0x7c/0xac)
[<c086ba10>] (warn_slowpath_fmt) from [<c0629f20>] (ops_exit_list+0x38/0x60)
[<c0629f20>] (ops_exit_list) from [<c062a5c4>] (cleanup_net+0x230/0x380)
[<c062a5c4>] (cleanup_net) from [<c0142c20>] (process_one_work+0x1d8/0x438)
[<c0142c20>] (process_one_work) from [<c0142ee4>] (worker_thread+0x64/0x5a8)
[<c0142ee4>] (worker_thread) from [<c0148a98>] (kthread+0x148/0x14c)
[<c0148a98>] (kthread) from [<c0100148>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x2c)
To properly restore physical CAN devices to the initial netns on owning
netns exit, introduce a flag on rtnl_link_ops that can be set by drivers.
For CAN devices setting this flag, default_device_exit() considers them
non-virtual, applying the usual namespace move.
The issue was introduced in the commit mentioned below, as at that time
CAN devices did not have a dellink() operation.
Fixes: e008b5fc8d ("net: Simplfy default_device_exit and improve batching.")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210302122423.872326-1-martin@strongswan.org
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Currently tcp_check_req can be called with obsolete req socket for which big
socket have been already created (because of CPU race or early demux
assigning req socket to multiple packets in gro batch).
Commit e0f9759f53 ("tcp: try to keep packet if SYN_RCV race
is lost") added retry in case when tcp_check_req is called for PSH|ACK packet.
But if client sends RST+ACK immediatly after connection being
established (it is performing healthcheck, for example) retry does not
occur. In that case tcp_check_req tries to close req socket,
leaving big socket active.
Fixes: e0f9759f53 ("tcp: try to keep packet if SYN_RCV race is lost")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Ovechkin <ovov@yandex-team.ru>
Reported-by: Oleg Senin <olegsenin@yandex-team.ru>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving L2CAP_CREDIT_BASED_CONNECTION_REQ the remote may request
more channels than allowed by the spec (10 octecs = 5 CIDs) so this
checks if the number of channels is bigger than the maximum allowed and
respond with an error.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Extend psample to report the following attributes when available:
* Output traffic class as a 16-bit value
* Output traffic class occupancy in bytes as a 64-bit value
* End-to-end latency of the packet in nanoseconds resolution
* Software timestamp in nanoseconds resolution (always available)
* Packet's protocol. Needed for packet dissection in user space (always
available)
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, callers of psample_sample_packet() pass three metadata
attributes: Ingress port, egress port and truncated size. Subsequent
patches are going to add more attributes (e.g., egress queue occupancy),
which also need an indication whether they are valid or not.
Encapsulate packet metadata in a struct in order to keep the number of
arguments reasonable.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow Dissector code never modifies the input buffer, neither skb nor
raw data.
Make 'data' argument const for all of the Flow dissector's functions.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
BPF Flow dissection programs are read-only and don't touch input
buffers.
Mark 'data' and 'data_end' in struct bpf_flow_dissector as const
in preparation for global input constifying.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow a policer action to enforce a rate-limit based on packets-per-second,
configurable using a packet-per-second rate and burst parameters.
e.g.
tc filter add dev tap1 parent ffff: u32 match \
u32 0 0 police pkts_rate 3000 pkts_burst 1000
Testing was unable to uncover a performance impact of this change on
existing features.
Signed-off-by: Baowen Zheng <baowen.zheng@corigine.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow flow_offload API to configure packet-per-second policing using rate
and burst parameters.
Dummy implementations of tcf_police_rate_pkt_ps() and
tcf_police_burst_pkt() are supplied which return 0, the unconfigured state.
This is to facilitate splitting the offload, driver, and TC code portion of
this feature into separate patches with the aim of providing a logical flow
for review. And the implementation of these helpers will be filled out by a
follow-up patch.
Signed-off-by: Xingfeng Hu <xingfeng.hu@corigine.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch defined a new struct mptcp_rm_list, the ids field was an
array of the removing address ids, the nr field was the valid number of
removing address ids in the array. The array size was definced as a new
macro MPTCP_RM_IDS_MAX. Changed the member rm_id of struct
mptcp_out_options to rm_list.
In mptcp_established_options_rm_addr, invoked mptcp_pm_rm_addr_signal to
get the rm_list. According the number of addresses in it, calculated
the padded RM_ADDR suboption length. And saved the ids array in struct
mptcp_out_options's rm_list member.
In mptcp_write_options, iterated each address id from struct
mptcp_out_options's rm_list member, set the invalid ones as TCPOPT_NOP,
then filled them into the RM_ADDR suboption.
Changed TCPOLEN_MPTCP_RM_ADDR_BASE from 4 to 3.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "backlog" argument in listen() specifies
the maximom length of pending connections,
so the accept queue should be considered full
if there are exactly "backlog" elements.
Signed-off-by: liuyacan <yacanliu@163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kernel periodically checks the idle time of nexthop buckets to
determine if they are idle and can be re-populated with a new nexthop.
When the resilient nexthop group is offloaded to hardware, the kernel
will not see activity on nexthop buckets unless it is reported from
hardware.
Add a function that can be periodically called by device drivers to
report activity on nexthop buckets after querying it from the underlying
device.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a function that can be called by device drivers to set "offload" or
"trap" indication on nexthop buckets following nexthop notifications and
other changes such as a neighbour becoming invalid.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add data structures that will be used for in-kernel notifications about
addition / deletion of a resilient nexthop group and about changes to a
hash bucket within a resilient group.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At this moment, there is only one type of next-hop group: an mpath group,
which implements the hash-threshold algorithm.
To select a next hop, hash-threshold algorithm first assigns a range of
hashes to each next hop in the group, and then selects the next hop by
comparing the SKB hash with the individual ranges. When a next hop is
removed from the group, the ranges are recomputed, which leads to
reassignment of parts of hash space from one next hop to another. While
there will usually be some overlap between the previous and the new
distribution, some traffic flows change the next hop that they resolve to.
That causes problems e.g. as established TCP connections are reset, because
the traffic is forwarded to a server that is not familiar with the
connection.
Resilient hashing is a technique to address the above problem. Resilient
next-hop group has another layer of indirection between the group itself
and its constituent next hops: a hash table. The selection algorithm uses a
straightforward modulo operation to choose a hash bucket, and then reads
the next hop that this bucket contains, and forwards traffic there.
This indirection brings an important feature. In the hash-threshold
algorithm, the range of hashes associated with a next hop must be
continuous. With a hash table, mapping between the hash table buckets and
the individual next hops is arbitrary. Therefore when a next hop is deleted
the buckets that held it are simply reassigned to other next hops. When
weights of next hops in a group are altered, it may be possible to choose a
subset of buckets that are currently not used for forwarding traffic, and
use those to satisfy the new next-hop distribution demands, keeping the
"busy" buckets intact. This way, established flows are ideally kept being
forwarded to the same endpoints through the same paths as before the
next-hop group change.
In a nutshell, the algorithm works as follows. Each next hop has a number
of buckets that it wants to have, according to its weight and the number of
buckets in the hash table. In case of an event that might cause bucket
allocation change, the numbers for individual next hops are updated,
similarly to how ranges are updated for mpath group next hops. Following
that, a new "upkeep" algorithm runs, and for idle buckets that belong to a
next hop that is currently occupying more buckets than it wants (it is
"overweight"), it migrates the buckets to one of the next hops that has
fewer buckets than it wants (it is "underweight"). If, after this, there
are still underweight next hops, another upkeep run is scheduled to a
future time.
Chances are there are not enough "idle" buckets to satisfy the new demands.
The algorithm has knobs to select both what it means for a bucket to be
idle, and for whether and when to forcefully migrate buckets if there keeps
being an insufficient number of idle buckets.
There are three users of the resilient data structures.
- The forwarding code accesses them under RCU, and does not modify them
except for updating the time a selected bucket was last used.
- Netlink code, running under RTNL, which may modify the data.
- The delayed upkeep code, which may modify the data. This runs unlocked,
and mutual exclusion between the RTNL code and the delayed upkeep is
maintained by canceling the delayed work synchronously before the RTNL
code touches anything. Later it restarts the delayed work if necessary.
The RTNL code has to implement next-hop group replacement, next hop
removal, etc. For removal, the mpath code uses a neat trick of having a
backup next hop group structure, doing the necessary changes offline, and
then RCU-swapping them in. However, the hash tables for resilient hashing
are about an order of magnitude larger than the groups themselves (the size
might be e.g. 4K entries), and it was felt that keeping two of them is an
overkill. Both the primary next-hop group and the spare therefore use the
same resilient table, and writers are careful to keep all references valid
for the forwarding code. The hash table references next-hop group entries
from the next-hop group that is currently in the primary role (i.e. not
spare). During the transition from primary to spare, the table references a
mix of both the primary group and the spare. When a next hop is deleted,
the corresponding buckets are not set to NULL, but instead marked as empty,
so that the pointer is valid and can be used by the forwarding code. The
buckets are then migrated to a new next-hop group entry during upkeep. The
only times that the hash table is invalid is the very beginning and very
end of its lifetime. Between those points, it is always kept valid.
This patch introduces the core support code itself. It does not handle
notifications towards drivers, which are kept as if the group were an mpath
one. It does not handle netlink either. The only bit currently exposed to
user space is the new next-hop group type, and that is currently bounced.
There is therefore no way to actually access this code.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the introduction of resilient nexthop groups, there will be two types
of multipath groups: the current hash-threshold "mpath" ones, and resilient
groups. Both are multipath, but to determine the fact, the system needs to
consider two flags. This might prove costly in the datapath. Therefore,
introduce a new flag, that should be set for next-hop groups that have more
than one nexthop, and should be considered multipath.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As specified in IETF RFC 8754, section 4.3.1.2, if the upper layer
header is IPv4 or IPv6, perform IPv6 decapsulation and resubmit the
decapsulated packet to the IPv4 or IPv6 module.
Only IPv6 decapsulation was implemented. This patch adds support for IPv4
decapsulation.
Link: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8754#section-4.3.1.2
Signed-off-by: Julien Massonneau <julien.massonneau@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As explained in commit 29d98f54a4 ("net: enetc: allow hardware
timestamping on TX queues with tc-etf enabled"), hardware TX
timestamping requires an skb with skb->tstamp = 0. When a packet is sent
with SO_TXTIME, the skb->skb_mstamp_ns corrupts the value of skb->tstamp,
so the drivers need to explicitly reset skb->tstamp to zero after
consuming the TX time.
Create a helper named skb_txtime_consumed() which does just that. All
drivers which offload TC_SETUP_QDISC_ETF should implement it, and it
would make it easier to assess during review whether they do the right
thing in order to be compatible with hardware timestamping or not.
Suggested-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move generic blackhole dst ops to the core and use them from both
ipv4_dst_blackhole_ops and ip6_dst_blackhole_ops where possible. No
functional change otherwise. We need these also in other locations
and having to define them over and over again is not great.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is noone setting nci_uart_ops::recv_buf, so the default one
(nci_uart_default_recv_buf) is always used. So drop this hook, move
nci_uart_default_recv_buf before the use in nci_uart_tty_receive and
remove unused parameter flags.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210302062214.29627-16-jslaby@suse.cz
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2021-03-09
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 90 non-merge commits during the last 17 day(s) which contain
a total of 114 files changed, 5158 insertions(+), 1288 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Faster bpf_redirect_map(), from Björn.
2) skmsg cleanup, from Cong.
3) Support for floating point types in BTF, from Ilya.
4) Documentation for sys_bpf commands, from Joe.
5) Support for sk_lookup in bpf_prog_test_run, form Lorenz.
6) Enable task local storage for tracing programs, from Song.
7) bpf_for_each_map_elem() helper, from Yonghong.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the bpf_redirect_map() implementation dispatches to the
correct map-lookup function via a switch-statement. To avoid the
dispatching, this change adds bpf_redirect_map() as a map
operation. Each map provides its bpf_redirect_map() version, and
correct function is automatically selected by the BPF verifier.
A nice side-effect of the code movement is that the map lookup
functions are now local to the map implementation files, which removes
one additional function call.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20210308112907.559576-2-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
An issue was found, where if a bluetooth client requests a broadcast
advertisement with scan response data, it will not be properly
registered with the controller. This is because at the time that the
hci_cp_le_set_scan_param structure is created, the scan response will
not yet have been received since it comes in a second MGMT call. With
empty scan response, the request defaults to a non-scannable PDU type.
On some controllers, the subsequent scan response request will fail due
to incorrect PDU type, and others will succeed and not use the scan
response.
This fix allows the advertising parameters MGMT call to include a flag
to let the kernel know whether a scan response will be coming, so that
the correct PDU type is used in the first place. A bluetoothd change is
also incoming to take advantage of it.
To test this, I created a broadcast advertisement with scan response
data and registered it on the hatch chromebook. Without this change, the
request fails, and with it will succeed.
Reviewed-by: Alain Michaud <alainm@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sonny Sasaka <sonnysasaka@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Miao-chen Chou <mcchou@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Winkler <danielwinkler@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
During suspend, there are a few scan enable and set event filter
commands that don't need to be sent unless there are actual BR/EDR
devices capable of waking the system. Check the HCI_PSCAN bit before
writing scan enable and use a new dev flag, HCI_EVENT_FILTER_CONFIGURED
to control whether to clear the event filter.
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Archie Pusaka <apusaka@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alain Michaud <alainm@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
A situation can occur where the interface bound to the sk is different
to the interface bound to the sk attached to the skb. The interface
bound to the sk is the correct one however this information is lost inside
xfrm_output2 and instead the sk on the skb is used in xfrm_output_resume
instead. This assumes that the sk bound interface and the bound interface
attached to the sk within the skb are the same which can lead to lookup
failures inside ip_route_me_harder resulting in the packet being dropped.
We have an l2tp v3 tunnel with ipsec protection. The tunnel is in the
global VRF however we have an encapsulated dot1q tunnel interface that
is within a different VRF. We also have a mangle rule that marks the
packets causing them to be processed inside ip_route_me_harder.
Prior to commit 31c70d5956 ("l2tp: keep original skb ownership") this
worked fine as the sk attached to the skb was changed from the dot1q
encapsulated interface to the sk for the tunnel which meant the interface
bound to the sk and the interface bound to the skb were identical.
Commit 46d6c5ae95 ("netfilter: use actual socket sk rather than skb sk
when routing harder") fixed some of these issues however a similar
problem existed in the xfrm code.
Fixes: 31c70d5956 ("l2tp: keep original skb ownership")
Signed-off-by: Evan Nimmo <evan.nimmo@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Currently TCP_SKB_CB() is hard-coded in skmsg code, it certainly
does not work for any other non-TCP protocols. We can move them to
skb ext, but it introduces a memory allocation on fast path.
Fortunately, we only need to a word-size to store all the information,
because the flags actually only contains 1 bit so can be just packed
into the lowest bit of the "pointer", which is stored as unsigned
long.
Inside struct sk_buff, '_skb_refdst' can be reused because skb dst is
no longer needed after ->sk_data_ready() so we can just drop it.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cong.wang@bytedance.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jakub@cloudflare.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20210223184934.6054-5-xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com
Currently, we compute ->data_end with a compile-time constant
offset of skb. But as Jakub pointed out, we can actually compute
it in eBPF JIT code at run-time, so that we can competely get
rid of ->data_end. This is similar to skb_shinfo(skb) computation
in bpf_convert_shinfo_access().
Suggested-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jakub@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cong.wang@bytedance.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jakub@cloudflare.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20210223184934.6054-4-xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com
As suggested by John, clean up sockmap related Kconfigs:
Reduce the scope of CONFIG_BPF_STREAM_PARSER down to TCP stream
parser, to reflect its name.
Make the rest sockmap code simply depend on CONFIG_BPF_SYSCALL
and CONFIG_INET, the latter is still needed at this point because
of TCP/UDP proto update. And leave CONFIG_NET_SOCK_MSG untouched,
as it is used by non-sockmap cases.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cong.wang@bytedance.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Lorenz Bauer <lmb@cloudflare.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jakub Sitnicki <jakub@cloudflare.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20210223184934.6054-2-xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com
The icmp{,v6}_send functions make all sorts of use of skb->cb, casting
it with IPCB or IP6CB, assuming the skb to have come directly from the
inet layer. But when the packet comes from the ndo layer, especially
when forwarded, there's no telling what might be in skb->cb at that
point. As a result, the icmp sending code risks reading bogus memory
contents, which can result in nasty stack overflows such as this one
reported by a user:
panic+0x108/0x2ea
__stack_chk_fail+0x14/0x20
__icmp_send+0x5bd/0x5c0
icmp_ndo_send+0x148/0x160
In icmp_send, skb->cb is cast with IPCB and an ip_options struct is read
from it. The optlen parameter there is of particular note, as it can
induce writes beyond bounds. There are quite a few ways that can happen
in __ip_options_echo. For example:
// sptr/skb are attacker-controlled skb bytes
sptr = skb_network_header(skb);
// dptr/dopt points to stack memory allocated by __icmp_send
dptr = dopt->__data;
// sopt is the corrupt skb->cb in question
if (sopt->rr) {
optlen = sptr[sopt->rr+1]; // corrupt skb->cb + skb->data
soffset = sptr[sopt->rr+2]; // corrupt skb->cb + skb->data
// this now writes potentially attacker-controlled data, over
// flowing the stack:
memcpy(dptr, sptr+sopt->rr, optlen);
}
In the icmpv6_send case, the story is similar, but not as dire, as only
IP6CB(skb)->iif and IP6CB(skb)->dsthao are used. The dsthao case is
worse than the iif case, but it is passed to ipv6_find_tlv, which does
a bit of bounds checking on the value.
This is easy to simulate by doing a `memset(skb->cb, 0x41,
sizeof(skb->cb));` before calling icmp{,v6}_ndo_send, and it's only by
good fortune and the rarity of icmp sending from that context that we've
avoided reports like this until now. For example, in KASAN:
BUG: KASAN: stack-out-of-bounds in __ip_options_echo+0xa0e/0x12b0
Write of size 38 at addr ffff888006f1f80e by task ping/89
CPU: 2 PID: 89 Comm: ping Not tainted 5.10.0-rc7-debug+ #5
Call Trace:
dump_stack+0x9a/0xcc
print_address_description.constprop.0+0x1a/0x160
__kasan_report.cold+0x20/0x38
kasan_report+0x32/0x40
check_memory_region+0x145/0x1a0
memcpy+0x39/0x60
__ip_options_echo+0xa0e/0x12b0
__icmp_send+0x744/0x1700
Actually, out of the 4 drivers that do this, only gtp zeroed the cb for
the v4 case, while the rest did not. So this commit actually removes the
gtp-specific zeroing, while putting the code where it belongs in the
shared infrastructure of icmp{,v6}_ndo_send.
This commit fixes the issue by passing an empty IPCB or IP6CB along to
the functions that actually do the work. For the icmp_send, this was
already trivial, thanks to __icmp_send providing the plumbing function.
For icmpv6_send, this required a tiny bit of refactoring to make it
behave like the v4 case, after which it was straight forward.
Fixes: a2b78e9b2c ("sunvnet: generate ICMP PTMUD messages for smaller port MTUs")
Reported-by: SinYu <liuxyon@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/CAF=yD-LOF116aHub6RMe8vB8ZpnrrnoTdqhobEx+bvoA8AsP0w@mail.gmail.com/T/
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210223131858.72082-1-Jason@zx2c4.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next:
1) Add two helper functions to release one table and hooks from
the netns and netlink event path.
2) Add table ownership infrastructure, this new infrastructure allows
users to bind a table (and its content) to a process through the
netlink socket.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for offloading MRP in HW. Currently implement the switchdev
calls 'SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_MRP', 'SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_RING_ROLE_MRP',
to allow to create MRP instances and to set the role of these instances.
Add DSA_NOTIFIER_MRP_ADD/DEL and DSA_NOTIFIER_MRP_ADD/DEL_RING_ROLE
which calls to .port_mrp_add/del and .port_mrp_add/del_ring_role in the
DSA driver for the switch.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the member sw_backup to the structures switchdev_obj_ring_role_mrp
and switchdev_obj_in_role_mrp. In this way the SW can call the driver in
2 ways, once when sw_backup is set to false, meaning that the driver
should implement this completely in HW. And if that is not supported the
SW will call again but with sw_backup set to true, meaning that the
HW should help or allow the SW to run the protocol.
For example when role is MRM, if the HW can't detect when it stops
receiving MRP Test frames but it can trap these frames to CPU, then it
needs to return -EOPNOTSUPP when sw_backup is false and return 0 when
sw_backup is true.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove #IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_BRIDGE_MRP) from switchdev.h. This will
simplify the code implements MRP callbacks and will be similar with the
vlan filtering.
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2021-02-16
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
There's a small merge conflict between 7eeba1706e ("tcp: Add receive timestamp
support for receive zerocopy.") from net-next tree and 9cacf81f81 ("bpf: Remove
extra lock_sock for TCP_ZEROCOPY_RECEIVE") from bpf-next tree. Resolve as follows:
[...]
lock_sock(sk);
err = tcp_zerocopy_receive(sk, &zc, &tss);
err = BPF_CGROUP_RUN_PROG_GETSOCKOPT_KERN(sk, level, optname,
&zc, &len, err);
release_sock(sk);
[...]
We've added 116 non-merge commits during the last 27 day(s) which contain
a total of 156 files changed, 5662 insertions(+), 1489 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Adds support of pointers to types with known size among global function
args to overcome the limit on max # of allowed args, from Dmitrii Banshchikov.
2) Add bpf_iter for task_vma which can be used to generate information similar
to /proc/pid/maps, from Song Liu.
3) Enable bpf_{g,s}etsockopt() from all sock_addr related program hooks. Allow
rewriting bind user ports from BPF side below the ip_unprivileged_port_start
range, both from Stanislav Fomichev.
4) Prevent recursion on fentry/fexit & sleepable programs and allow map-in-map
as well as per-cpu maps for the latter, from Alexei Starovoitov.
5) Add selftest script to run BPF CI locally. Also enable BPF ringbuffer
for sleepable programs, both from KP Singh.
6) Extend verifier to enable variable offset read/write access to the BPF
program stack, from Andrei Matei.
7) Improve tc & XDP MTU handling and add a new bpf_check_mtu() helper to
query device MTU from programs, from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
8) Allow bpf_get_socket_cookie() helper also be called from [sleepable] BPF
tracing programs, from Florent Revest.
9) Extend x86 JIT to pad JMPs with NOPs for helping image to converge when
otherwise too many passes are required, from Gary Lin.
10) Verifier fixes on atomics with BPF_FETCH as well as function-by-function
verification both related to zero-extension handling, from Ilya Leoshkevich.
11) Better kernel build integration of resolve_btfids tool, from Jiri Olsa.
12) Batch of AF_XDP selftest cleanups and small performance improvement
for libbpf's xsk map redirect for newer kernels, from Björn Töpel.
13) Follow-up BPF doc and verifier improvements around atomics with
BPF_FETCH, from Brendan Jackman.
14) Permit zero-sized data sections e.g. if ELF .rodata section contains
read-only data from local variables, from Yonghong Song.
15) veth driver skb bulk-allocation for ndo_xdp_xmit, from Lorenzo Bianconi.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The switchdev_port_attr_set function prototype was updated only for the
case where CONFIG_SWITCHDEV=y|m, leaving a prototype mismatch with the
stub definition for the disabled case. This results in a build error, so
update that function too.
Fixes: dcbdf1350e ("net: bridge: propagate extack through switchdev_port_attr_set")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A userspace daemon like firewalld might need to monitor for netlink
updates to detect its ruleset removal by the (global) flush ruleset
command to ensure ruleset persistency. This adds extra complexity from
userspace and, for some little time, the firewall policy is not in
place.
This patch adds the NFT_TABLE_F_OWNER flag which allows a userspace
program to own the table that creates in exclusivity.
Tables that are owned...
- can only be updated and removed by the owner, non-owners hit EPERM if
they try to update it or remove it.
- are destroyed when the owner closes the netlink socket or the process
is gone (implicit netlink socket closure).
- are skipped by the global flush ruleset command.
- are listed in the global ruleset.
The userspace process that sets on the NFT_TABLE_F_OWNER flag need to
leave open the netlink socket.
A new NFTA_TABLE_OWNER netlink attribute specifies the netlink port ID
to identify the owner from userspace.
This patch also updates error reporting when an unknown table flag is
specified to change it from EINVAL to EOPNOTSUPP given that EINVAL is
usually reserved to report for malformed netlink messages to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Some drivers can't dynamically change the VLAN filtering option, or
impose some restrictions, it would be nice to propagate this info
through netlink instead of printing it to a kernel log that might never
be read. Also netlink extack includes the module that emitted the
message, which means that it's easier to figure out which ones are
driver-generated errors as opposed to command misuse.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to communicate their restrictions to user space directly,
instead of printing to the kernel log. Where the conversion would have
been lossy and things like VLAN ID could no longer be conveyed (due to
the lack of support for printf format specifier in netlink extack), I
chose to keep the messages in full form to the kernel log only, and
leave it up to individual driver maintainers to move more messages to
extack.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The benefit is the ability to propagate errors from switchdev drivers
for the SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING and
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_PROTOCOL attributes.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ocelot tagger is a hot mess currently, it relies on memory
initialized by the attached driver for basic frame transmission.
This is against all that DSA tagging protocols stand for, which is that
the transmission and reception of a DSA-tagged frame, the data path,
should be independent from the switch control path, because the tag
protocol is in principle hot-pluggable and reusable across switches
(even if in practice it wasn't until very recently). But if another
driver like dsa_loop wants to make use of tag_ocelot, it couldn't.
This was done to have common code between Felix and Ocelot, which have
one bit difference in the frame header format. Quoting from commit
67c2404922 ("net: dsa: felix: create a template for the DSA tags on
xmit"):
Other alternatives have been analyzed, such as:
- Create a separate tag_seville.c: too much code duplication for just 1
bit field difference.
- Create a separate DSA_TAG_PROTO_SEVILLE under tag_ocelot.c, just like
tag_brcm.c, which would have a separate .xmit function. Again, too
much code duplication for just 1 bit field difference.
- Allocate the template from the init function of the tag_ocelot.c
module, instead of from the driver: couldn't figure out a method of
accessing the correct port template corresponding to the correct
tagger in the .xmit function.
The really interesting part is that Seville should have had its own
tagging protocol defined - it is not compatible on the wire with Ocelot,
even for that single bit. In principle, a packet generated by
DSA_TAG_PROTO_OCELOT when booted on NXP LS1028A would look in a certain
way, but when booted on NXP T1040 it would look differently. The reverse
is also true: a packet generated by a Seville switch would be
interpreted incorrectly by Wireshark if it was told it was generated by
an Ocelot switch.
Actually things are a bit more nuanced. If we concentrate only on the
DSA tag, what I said above is true, but Ocelot/Seville also support an
optional DSA tag prefix, which can be short or long, and it is possible
to distinguish the two taggers based on an integer constant put in that
prefix. Nonetheless, creating a separate tagger is still justified,
since the tag prefix is optional, and without it, there is again no way
to distinguish.
Claiming backwards binary compatibility is a bit more tough, since I've
already changed the format of tag_ocelot once, in commit 5124197ce5
("net: dsa: tag_ocelot: use a short prefix on both ingress and egress").
Therefore I am not very concerned with treating this as a bugfix and
backporting it to stable kernels (which would be another mess due to the
fact that there would be lots of conflicts with the other DSA_TAG_PROTO*
definitions). It's just simpler to say that the string values of the
taggers have ABI value starting with kernel 5.12, which will be when the
changing of tag protocol via /sys/class/net/<dsa-master>/dsa/tagging
goes live.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both tcp_data_ready() and tcp_stream_is_readable() share the same logic.
Add tcp_epollin_ready() helper to avoid duplication.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Arjun Roy <arjunroy@google.com>
Cc: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While commit 24adbc1676 ("tcp: fix SO_RCVLOWAT hangs with fat skbs")
fixed an issue vs too small sk_rcvbuf for given sk_rcvlowat constraint,
it missed to address issue caused by memory pressure.
1) If we are under memory pressure and socket receive queue is empty.
First incoming packet is allowed to be queued, after commit
76dfa60820 ("tcp: allow one skb to be received per socket under memory pressure")
But we do not send EPOLLIN yet, in case tcp_data_ready() sees sk_rcvlowat
is bigger than skb length.
2) Then, when next packet comes, it is dropped, and we directly
call sk->sk_data_ready().
3) If application is using poll(), tcp_poll() will then use
tcp_stream_is_readable() and decide the socket receive queue is
not yet filled, so nothing will happen.
Even when sender retransmits packets, phases 2) & 3) repeat
and flow is effectively frozen, until memory pressure is off.
Fix is to consider tcp_under_memory_pressure() to take care
of global memory pressure or memcg pressure.
Fixes: 24adbc1676 ("tcp: fix SO_RCVLOWAT hangs with fat skbs")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Arjun Roy <arjunroy@google.com>
Suggested-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are multiple ways in which a PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute can be
expressed by the bridge through switchdev, and not all of them can be
emulated by DSA mid-layer API at the same time.
One possible configuration is when the bridge offloads the port flags
using a mask that has a single bit set - therefore only one feature
should change. However, DSA currently groups together unicast and
multicast flooding in the .port_egress_floods method, which limits our
options when we try to add support for turning off broadcast flooding:
do we extend .port_egress_floods with a third parameter which b53 and
mv88e6xxx will ignore? But that means that the DSA layer, which
currently implements the PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute all by itself, will
see that .port_egress_floods is implemented, and will report that all 3
types of flooding are supported - not necessarily true.
Another configuration is when the user specifies more than one flag at
the same time, in the same netlink message. If we were to create one
individual function per offloadable bridge port flag, we would limit the
expressiveness of the switch driver of refusing certain combinations of
flag values. For example, a switch may not have an explicit knob for
flooding of unknown multicast, just for flooding in general. In that
case, the only correct thing to do is to allow changes to BR_FLOOD and
BR_MCAST_FLOOD in tandem, and never allow mismatched values. But having
a separate .port_set_unicast_flood and .port_set_multicast_flood would
not allow the driver to possibly reject that.
Also, DSA doesn't consider it necessary to inform the driver that a
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute was offloaded, because it
just calls .port_egress_floods for the CPU port. When we'll add support
for the plain SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_MROUTER, that will become a real
problem because the flood settings will need to be held statefully in
the DSA middle layer, otherwise changing the mrouter port attribute will
impact the flooding attribute. And that's _assuming_ that the underlying
hardware doesn't have anything else to do when a multicast router
attaches to a port than flood unknown traffic to it. If it does, there
will need to be a dedicated .port_set_mrouter anyway.
So we need to let the DSA drivers see the exact form that the bridge
passes this switchdev attribute in, otherwise we are standing in the
way. Therefore we also need to use this form of language when
communicating to the driver that it needs to configure its initial
(before bridge join) and final (after bridge leave) port flags.
The b53 and mv88e6xxx drivers are converted to the passthrough API and
their implementation of .port_egress_floods is split into two: a
function that configures unicast flooding and another for multicast.
The mv88e6xxx implementation is quite hairy, and it turns out that
the implementations of unknown unicast flooding are actually the same
for 6185 and for 6352:
behind the confusing names actually lie two individual bits:
NO_UNKNOWN_MC -> FLOOD_UC = 0x4 = BIT(2)
NO_UNKNOWN_UC -> FLOOD_MC = 0x8 = BIT(3)
so there was no reason to entangle them in the first place.
Whereas the 6185 writes to MV88E6185_PORT_CTL0_FORWARD_UNKNOWN of
PORT_CTL0, which has the exact same bit index. I have left the
implementations separate though, for the only reason that the names are
different enough to confuse me, since I am not able to double-check with
a user manual. The multicast flooding setting for 6185 is in a different
register than for 6352 though.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This switchdev attribute offers a counterproductive API for a driver
writer, because although br_switchdev_set_port_flag gets passed a
"flags" and a "mask", those are passed piecemeal to the driver, so while
the PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS listener knows what changed because it has the
"mask", the BRIDGE_FLAGS listener doesn't, because it only has the final
value. But certain drivers can offload only certain combinations of
settings, like for example they cannot change unicast flooding
independently of multicast flooding - they must be both on or both off.
The way the information is passed to switchdev makes drivers not
expressive enough, and unable to reject this request ahead of time, in
the PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS notifier, so they are forced to reject it during
the deferred BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute, where the rejection is currently
ignored.
This patch also changes drivers to make use of the "mask" field for edge
detection when possible.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a struct switchdev_attr is notified through switchdev, there is no
way to report informational messages, unlike for struct switchdev_obj.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* more minstrel work from Felix to reduce the
probing overhead
* QoS for nl80211 control port frames
* STBC injection support
* and a couple of small fixes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=PXD5
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-net-next-2021-02-12' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Last set of updates:
* more minstrel work from Felix to reduce the
probing overhead
* QoS for nl80211 control port frames
* STBC injection support
* and a couple of small fixes
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once event support is added this may need to allocate memory while msk
lock is held with softirqs disabled.
Not using lock_fast also allows to do the allocation with GFP_KERNEL.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use a new config SOCK_RX_QUEUE_MAPPING to compile-in the socket
RX queue field and logic, instead of the XPS config.
This breaks dependency in XPS, and allows selecting it from non-XPS
use cases, as we do in the next patch.
In addition, use the new flag to wrap the logic in sk_rx_queue_get()
and protect access to the sk_rx_queue_mapping field, while keeping
the function exposed unconditionally, just like sk_rx_queue_set()
and sk_rx_queue_clear().
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
el/git/bluetooth/bluetooth-next
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2021-02-11
Here's the main bluetooth-next pull request for 5.12:
- Add support for advertising monitor offliading using Microsoft
vendor extensions
- Add firmware download support for MediaTek MT7921U USB devices
- Suspend-related fixes for Qualcomm devices
- Add support for Intel GarfieldPeak controller
- Various other smaller fixes & cleanups
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is simpler to make net->net_cookie a plain u64
written once in setup_net() instead of looping
and using atomic64 helpers.
Lorenz Bauer wants to add SO_NETNS_COOKIE socket option
and this patch would makes his patch series simpler.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Lorenz Bauer <lmb@cloudflare.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Tested-by: Lorenz Bauer <lmb@cloudflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for offloading of HSR/PRP (IEC 62439-3) tag insertion
tag removal, duplicate generation and forwarding on DSA switches.
Add DSA_NOTIFIER_HSR_JOIN and DSA_NOTIFIER_HSR_LEAVE which trigger calls
to .port_hsr_join and .port_hsr_leave in the DSA driver for the switch.
The DSA switch driver should then set netdev feature flags for the
HSR/PRP operation that it offloads.
NETIF_F_HW_HSR_TAG_INS
NETIF_F_HW_HSR_TAG_RM
NETIF_F_HW_HSR_FWD
NETIF_F_HW_HSR_DUP
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After installing a route to the kernel, user space receives an
acknowledgment, which means the route was installed in the kernel, but not
necessarily in hardware.
The asynchronous nature of route installation in hardware can lead to a
routing daemon advertising a route before it was actually installed in
hardware. This can result in packet loss or mis-routed packets until the
route is installed in hardware.
To avoid such cases, previous patch set added the ability to emit
RTM_NEWROUTE notifications whenever RTM_F_OFFLOAD/RTM_F_TRAP flags
are changed, this behavior is controlled by sysctl.
With the above mentioned behavior, it is possible to know from user-space
if the route was offloaded, but if the offload fails there is no indication
to user-space. Following a failure, a routing daemon will wait indefinitely
for a notification that will never come.
This patch adds an "offload_failed" indication to IPv6 routes, so that
users will have better visibility into the offload process.
'struct fib6_info' is extended with new field that indicates if route
offload failed. Note that the new field is added using unused bit and
therefore there is no need to increase struct size.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After installing a route to the kernel, user space receives an
acknowledgment, which means the route was installed in the kernel, but not
necessarily in hardware.
The asynchronous nature of route installation in hardware can lead to a
routing daemon advertising a route before it was actually installed in
hardware. This can result in packet loss or mis-routed packets until the
route is installed in hardware.
To avoid such cases, previous patch set added the ability to emit
RTM_NEWROUTE notifications whenever RTM_F_OFFLOAD/RTM_F_TRAP flags
are changed, this behavior is controlled by sysctl.
With the above mentioned behavior, it is possible to know from user-space
if the route was offloaded, but if the offload fails there is no indication
to user-space. Following a failure, a routing daemon will wait indefinitely
for a notification that will never come.
This patch adds an "offload_failed" indication to IPv4 routes, so that
users will have better visibility into the offload process.
'struct fib_alias', and 'struct fib_rt_info' are extended with new field
that indicates if route offload failed. Note that the new field is added
using unused bit and therefore there is no need to increase structs size.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that MRP started to use also SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE to
notify HW, then SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_MRP_PORT_STAT is not used anywhere
else, therefore we can remove it.
Fixes: c284b54590 ("switchdev: mrp: Extend switchdev API to offload MRP")
Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
1) Remove indirection and use nf_ct_get() instead from nfnetlink_log
and nfnetlink_queue, from Florian Westphal.
2) Add weighted random twos choice least-connection scheduling for IPVS,
from Darby Payne.
3) Add a __hash placeholder in the flow tuple structure to identify
the field to be included in the rhashtable key hash calculation.
4) Add a new nft_parse_register_load() and nft_parse_register_store()
to consolidate register load and store in the core.
5) Statify nft_parse_register() since it has no more module clients.
6) Remove redundant assignment in nft_cmp, from Colin Ian King.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf-next:
netfilter: nftables: remove redundant assignment of variable err
netfilter: nftables: statify nft_parse_register()
netfilter: nftables: add nft_parse_register_store() and use it
netfilter: nftables: add nft_parse_register_load() and use it
netfilter: flowtable: add hash offset field to tuple
ipvs: add weighted random twos choice algorithm
netfilter: ctnetlink: remove get_ct indirection
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210206015005.23037-1-pablo@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When enabling encap for a ipv6 socket without udp_encap_needed_key
increased, UDP GRO won't work for v4 mapped v6 address packets as
sk will be NULL in udp4_gro_receive().
This patch is to enable it by increasing udp_encap_needed_key for
v6 sockets in udp_tunnel_encap_enable(), and correspondingly
decrease udp_encap_needed_key in udpv6_destroy_sock().
v1->v2:
- add udp_encap_disable() and export it.
v2->v3:
- add the change for rxrpc and bareudp into one patch, as Alex
suggested.
v3->v4:
- move rxrpc part to another patch.
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Currently, a percpu_counter with the default batch size (2*nr_cpus) is
used to record the total # of active sockets per protocol. This means
sk_sockets_allocated_read_positive() could be off by +/-2*(nr_cpus^2).
This under/over-estimation could lead to wrong memory suppression
conditions in __sk_raise_mem_allocated().
Fix this by using a more reasonable fixed batch size of 16.
See related commit cf86a086a1 ("net/dst: use a smaller percpu_counter
batch for dst entries accounting") that addresses a similar issue.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210202193408.1171634-1-weiwan@google.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Split ndo_xdp_xmit and ndo_start_xmit use cases in veth_xdp_rcv routine
in order to alloc skbs in bulk for XDP_PASS verdict.
Introduce xdp_alloc_skb_bulk utility routine to alloc skb bulk list.
The proposed approach has been tested in the following scenario:
eth (ixgbe) --> XDP_REDIRECT --> veth0 --> (remote-ns) veth1 --> XDP_PASS
XDP_REDIRECT: xdp_redirect_map bpf sample
XDP_PASS: xdp_rxq_info bpf sample
traffic generator: pkt_gen sending udp traffic on a remote device
bpf-next master: ~3.64Mpps
bpf-next + skb bulking allocation: ~3.79Mpps
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reviewed-by: Toshiaki Makita <toshiaki.makita1@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/a14a30d3c06fff24e13f836c733d80efc0bd6eb5.1611957532.git.lorenzo@kernel.org
This patch avoids the indirect call for the common case:
ip6_dst_check and ipv4_dst_check
Signed-off-by: Brian Vazquez <brianvv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch avoids the indirect call for the common case:
ip6_mtu and ipv4_mtu
Signed-off-by: Brian Vazquez <brianvv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch avoids the indirect call for the common case:
ip6_output and ip_output
Signed-off-by: Brian Vazquez <brianvv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch avoids the indirect call for the common case:
ip_local_deliver and ip6_input
Signed-off-by: Brian Vazquez <brianvv@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
- cfg80211_dev_rename() requires RTNL
- cfg80211_change_iface() and cfg80211_set_encryption()
require wiphy mutex (was missing in wireless extensions)
- cfg80211_destroy_ifaces() requires wiphy mutex
- netdev registration can fail due to notifiers, and then
notifiers are "unrolled", need to handle this properly
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=bgnR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-net-next-2021-02-02' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This time, only RTNL locking reduction fallout.
- cfg80211_dev_rename() requires RTNL
- cfg80211_change_iface() and cfg80211_set_encryption()
require wiphy mutex (was missing in wireless extensions)
- cfg80211_destroy_ifaces() requires wiphy mutex
- netdev registration can fail due to notifiers, and then
notifiers are "unrolled", need to handle this properly
* tag 'mac80211-next-for-net-next-2021-02-02' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next:
cfg80211: fix netdev registration deadlock
cfg80211: call cfg80211_destroy_ifaces() with wiphy lock held
wext: call cfg80211_set_encryption() with wiphy lock held
wext: call cfg80211_change_iface() with wiphy lock held
nl80211: call cfg80211_dev_rename() under RTNL
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210202144106.38207-1-johannes@sipsolutions.net
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
After installing a route to the kernel, user space receives an
acknowledgment, which means the route was installed in the kernel,
but not necessarily in hardware.
The asynchronous nature of route installation in hardware can lead
to a routing daemon advertising a route before it was actually installed in
hardware. This can result in packet loss or mis-routed packets until the
route is installed in hardware.
It is also possible for a route already installed in hardware to change
its action and therefore its flags. For example, a host route that is
trapping packets can be "promoted" to perform decapsulation following
the installation of an IPinIP/VXLAN tunnel.
Emit RTM_NEWROUTE notifications whenever RTM_F_OFFLOAD/RTM_F_TRAP flags
are changed. The aim is to provide an indication to user-space
(e.g., routing daemons) about the state of the route in hardware.
Introduce a sysctl that controls this behavior.
Keep the default value at 0 (i.e., do not emit notifications) for several
reasons:
- Multiple RTM_NEWROUTE notification per-route might confuse existing
routing daemons.
- Convergence reasons in routing daemons.
- The extra notifications will negatively impact the insertion rate.
- Not all users are interested in these notifications.
Move fib6_info_hw_flags_set() to C file because it is no longer a short
function.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The next patch will emit notification when hardware flags are changed,
in case that fib_notify_on_flag_change sysctl is set to 1.
To know sysctl values, net struct is needed.
This change is consistent with the IPv4 version, which gets 'net' struct
as its first argument.
Currently, the only callers of this function are mlxsw and netdevsim.
Patch the callers to pass net.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
After installing a route to the kernel, user space receives an
acknowledgment, which means the route was installed in the kernel,
but not necessarily in hardware.
The asynchronous nature of route installation in hardware can lead to a
routing daemon advertising a route before it was actually installed in
hardware. This can result in packet loss or mis-routed packets until the
route is installed in hardware.
It is also possible for a route already installed in hardware to change
its action and therefore its flags. For example, a host route that is
trapping packets can be "promoted" to perform decapsulation following
the installation of an IPinIP/VXLAN tunnel.
Emit RTM_NEWROUTE notifications whenever RTM_F_OFFLOAD/RTM_F_TRAP flags
are changed. The aim is to provide an indication to user-space
(e.g., routing daemons) about the state of the route in hardware.
Introduce a sysctl that controls this behavior.
Keep the default value at 0 (i.e., do not emit notifications) for several
reasons:
- Multiple RTM_NEWROUTE notification per-route might confuse existing
routing daemons.
- Convergence reasons in routing daemons.
- The extra notifications will negatively impact the insertion rate.
- Not all users are interested in these notifications.
Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amcohen@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
UDP/IP header of UDP GROed frag_skbs are not updated even after NAT
forwarding. Only the header of head_skb from ip_finish_output_gso ->
skb_gso_segment is updated but following frag_skbs are not updated.
A call path skb_mac_gso_segment -> inet_gso_segment ->
udp4_ufo_fragment -> __udp_gso_segment -> __udp_gso_segment_list
does not try to update UDP/IP header of the segment list but copy
only the MAC header.
Update port, addr and check of each skb of the segment list in
__udp_gso_segment_list. It covers both SNAT and DNAT.
Fixes: 9fd1ff5d2a (udp: Support UDP fraglist GRO/GSO.)
Signed-off-by: Dongseok Yi <dseok.yi@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1611962007-80092-1-git-send-email-dseok.yi@samsung.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
If register_netdevice() fails after having called cfg80211's
netdev notifier (cfg80211_netdev_notifier_call) it will call
the notifier again with UNREGISTER. This would then lock the
wiphy mutex because we're marked as registered, which causes
a deadlock.
Fix this by separately keeping track of whether or not we're
in the middle of registering to also skip the notifier call
on this unregister.
Reported-by: syzbot+2ae0ca9d7737ad1a62b7@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: a05829a722 ("cfg80211: avoid holding the RTNL when calling the driver")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210201192048.ed8bad436737.I7cae042c44b15f80919a285799a15df467e9d42d@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a peer device doesn't support eSCO 2M we should skip the params that
use it when setting up sync connection since they will always fail.
Signed-off-by: Yu Liu <yudiliu@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This commit shrinks inet_connection_sock by 4 bytes, by shrinking
icsk_mtup.enabled from 32 bits to 1 bit, and shrinking
icsk_mtup.probe_size from s32 to an unsuigned 31 bit field.
This is to save space to compensate for the recent introduction of a
new u32 in inet_connection_sock, icsk_probes_tstamp, in the recent bug
fix commit 9d9b1ee0b2 ("tcp: fix TCP_USER_TIMEOUT with zero window").
This should not change functionality, since icsk_mtup.enabled is only
ever set to 0 or 1, and icsk_mtup.probe_size can only be either 0
or a positive MTU value returned by tcp_mss_to_mtu()
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210129185438.1813237-1-ncardwell.kernel@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
There are use cases for which the existing tagger, based on the NPI
(Node Processor Interface) functionality, is insufficient.
Namely:
- Frames injected through the NPI port bypass the frame analyzer, so no
source address learning is performed, no TSN stream classification,
etc.
- Flow control is not functional over an NPI port (PAUSE frames are
encapsulated in the same Extraction Frame Header as all other frames)
- There can be at most one NPI port configured for an Ocelot switch. But
in NXP LS1028A and T1040 there are two Ethernet CPU ports. The non-NPI
port is currently either disabled, or operated as a plain user port
(albeit an internally-facing one). Having the ability to configure the
two CPU ports symmetrically could pave the way for e.g. creating a LAG
between them, to increase bandwidth seamlessly for the system.
So there is a desire to have an alternative to the NPI mode. This change
keeps the default tagger for the Seville and Felix switches as "ocelot",
but it can be changed via the following device attribute:
echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/<dsa-master>/dsa/tagging
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Currently DSA exposes the following sysfs:
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot
which is a read-only device attribute, introduced in the kernel as
commit 98cdb48071 ("net: dsa: Expose tagging protocol to user-space"),
and used by libpcap since its commit 993db3800d7d ("Add support for DSA
link-layer types").
It would be nice if we could extend this device attribute by making it
writable:
$ echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
This is useful with DSA switches that can make use of more than one
tagging protocol. It may be useful in dsa_loop in the future too, to
perform offline testing of various taggers, or for changing between dsa
and edsa on Marvell switches, if that is desirable.
In terms of implementation, drivers can support this feature by
implementing .change_tag_protocol, which should always leave the switch
in a consistent state: either with the new protocol if things went well,
or with the old one if something failed. Teardown of the old protocol,
if necessary, must be handled by the driver.
Some things remain as before:
- The .get_tag_protocol is currently only called at probe time, to load
the initial tagging protocol driver. Nonetheless, new drivers should
report the tagging protocol in current use now.
- The driver should manage by itself the initial setup of tagging
protocol, no later than the .setup() method, as well as destroying
resources used by the last tagger in use, no earlier than the
.teardown() method.
For multi-switch DSA trees, error handling is a bit more complicated,
since e.g. the 5th out of 7 switches may fail to change the tag
protocol. When that happens, a revert to the original tag protocol is
attempted, but that may fail too, leaving the tree in an inconsistent
state despite each individual switch implementing .change_tag_protocol
transactionally. Since the intersection between drivers that implement
.change_tag_protocol and drivers that support D in DSA is currently the
empty set, the possibility for this error to happen is ignored for now.
Testing:
$ insmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 79.549784] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Adding to iommu group 14
[ 79.565712] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Failed to register DSA switch: -517
$ insmod tag_ocelot.ko
$ rmmod mscc_felix.ko
$ insmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 97.261724] libphy: VSC9959 internal MDIO bus: probed
[ 97.267363] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 0
[ 97.274998] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 1
[ 97.282561] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 2
[ 97.289700] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 3
[ 97.599163] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:10] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 97.862034] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:11] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 97.950731] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode
[ 97.964278] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp0
[ 98.146161] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp2 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:12] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 98.238649] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode
[ 98.251845] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp1
[ 98.433916] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp3 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:13] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 98.485542] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: configuring for fixed/internal link mode
[ 98.503584] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Up - 2.5Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx
[ 98.527948] device eno2 entered promiscuous mode
[ 98.544755] DSA: tree 0 setup
$ ping 10.0.0.1
PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=2.337 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.754 ms
^C
- 10.0.0.1 ping statistics -
2 packets transmitted, 2 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max = 0.754/1.545/2.337 ms
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot
$ cat ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
#!/bin/bash
ip link set swp0 down
ip link set swp1 down
ip link set swp2 down
ip link set swp3 down
ip link set swp5 down
ip link set eno2 down
echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ip link set eno2 up
ip link set swp0 up
ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 up
ip link set swp3 up
ip link set swp5 up
$ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
./test_ocelot_8021q.sh: line 9: echo: write error: Protocol not available
$ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko
rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot': Resource temporarily unavailable
$ insmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
$ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot-8021q
$ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko
$ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot_8021q': Resource temporarily unavailable
$ ping 10.0.0.1
PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.953 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.787 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.771 ms
$ rmmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 645.544426] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Down
[ 645.838608] DSA: tree 0 torn down
$ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cascading DSA switches can be done multiple ways. There is the brute
force approach / tag stacking, where one upstream switch, located
between leaf switches and the host Ethernet controller, will just
happily transport the DSA header of those leaf switches as payload.
For this kind of setups, DSA works without any special kind of treatment
compared to a single switch - they just aren't aware of each other.
Then there's the approach where the upstream switch understands the tags
it transports from its leaves below, as it doesn't push a tag of its own,
but it routes based on the source port & switch id information present
in that tag (as opposed to DMAC & VID) and it strips the tag when
egressing a front-facing port. Currently only Marvell implements the
latter, and Marvell DSA trees contain only Marvell switches.
So it is safe to say that DSA trees already have a single tag protocol
shared by all switches, and in fact this is what makes the switches able
to understand each other. This fact is also implied by the fact that
currently, the tagging protocol is reported as part of a sysfs installed
on the DSA master and not per port, so it must be the same for all the
ports connected to that DSA master regardless of the switch that they
belong to.
It's time to make this official and enforce it (yes, this also means we
won't have any "switch understands tag to some extent but is not able to
speak it" hardware oddities that we'll support in the future).
This is needed due to the imminent introduction of the dsa_switch_ops::
change_tag_protocol driver API. When that is introduced, we'll have
to notify switches of the tagging protocol that they're configured to
use. Currently the tag_ops structure pointer is held only for CPU ports.
But there are switches which don't have CPU ports and nonetheless still
need to be configured. These would be Marvell leaf switches whose
upstream port is just a DSA link. How do we inform these of their
tagging protocol setup/deletion?
One answer to the above would be: iterate through the DSA switch tree's
ports once, list the CPU ports, get their tag_ops, then iterate again
now that we have it, and notify everybody of that tag_ops. But what to
do if conflicts appear between one cpu_dp->tag_ops and another? There's
no escaping the fact that conflict resolution needs to be done, so we
can be upfront about it.
Ease our work and just keep the master copy of the tag_ops inside the
struct dsa_switch_tree. Reference counting is now moved to be per-tree
too, instead of per-CPU port.
There are many places in the data path that access master->dsa_ptr->tag_ops
and we would introduce unnecessary performance penalty going through yet
another indirection, so keep those right where they are.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch is to add csum offload support for gre header:
On the TX path in gre_build_header(), when CHECKSUM_PARTIAL's set
for inner proto, it will calculate the csum for outer proto, and
inner csum will be offloaded later. Otherwise, CHECKSUM_PARTIAL
and csum_start/offset will be set for outer proto, and the outer
csum will be offloaded later.
On the GSO path in gre_gso_segment(), when CHECKSUM_PARTIAL is
not set for inner proto and the hardware supports csum offload,
CHECKSUM_PARTIAL and csum_start/offset will be set for outer
proto, and outer csum will be offloaded later. Otherwise, it
will do csum for outer proto by calling gso_make_checksum().
Note that SCTP has to do the csum by itself for non GSO path in
sctp_packet_pack(), as gre_build_header() can't handle the csum
with CHECKSUM_PARTIAL set for SCTP CRC csum offload.
v1->v2:
- remove the SCTP part, as GRE dev doesn't support SCTP CRC CSUM
and it will always do checksum for SCTP in sctp_packet_pack()
when it's not a GSO packet.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Give offloading drivers the direction of the offloaded ct flow,
this will be used for matches on direction (ct_state +/-rpl).
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Some devices, e.g. the RTL8723BS bluetooth part, some USB attached devices,
completely drop from the bus on a system-suspend. These devices will
have their driver unbound and rebound on resume (when the dropping of
the bus gets detected) and will show up as a new HCI after resume.
These devices do not benefit from the suspend / resume handling work done
by the hci_suspend_notifier. At best this unnecessarily adds some time to
the suspend/resume time. But this may also actually cause problems, if the
code doing the driver unbinding runs after the pm-notifier then the
hci_suspend_notifier code will try to talk to a device which is now in
an uninitialized state.
This commit adds a new HCI_QUIRK_NO_SUSPEND_NOTIFIER quirk which allows
drivers to opt-out of the hci_suspend_notifier when they know beforehand
that their device will be fully re-initialized / reprobed on resume.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently there are only two types of in-kernel nexthop notification.
The two are distinguished by the 'is_grp' boolean field in 'struct
nh_notifier_info'.
As more notification types are introduced for more next-hop group types, a
boolean is not an easily extensible interface. Instead, convert it to an
enum.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The values that a next-hop group needs to keep track of depend on the group
type. Introduce a union to separate fields specific to the mpath groups
from fields specific to other group types.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Stop maintaining the skb_send_q list for TRANS_HIPER sockets.
Not only is it extra overhead, but keeping around a list of skb clones
means that we later also have to match the ->sk_txnotify() calls
against these clones and free them accordingly.
The current matching logic (comparing the skbs' shinfo location) is
frustratingly fragile, and breaks if the skb's head is mangled in any
sort of way while passing from dev_queue_xmit() to the device's
HW queue.
Also adjust the interface for ->sk_txnotify(), to make clear that we
don't actually care about any skb internals.
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The TX code keeps track of all skbs that are in-flight but haven't
actually been sent out yet. For native IUCV sockets that's not a huge
deal, but with TRANS_HIPER sockets it would be much better if we
didn't need to maintain a list of skb clones.
Note that we actually only care about the _count_ of skbs in this stage
of the TX pipeline. So as prep work for removing the skb tracking on
TRANS_HIPER sockets, keep track of the skb count in a separate variable
and pair any list {enqueue, unlink} with a count {increment, decrement}.
Then replace all occurences where we currently look at the skb list's
fill level.
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
drivers/net/can/dev.c
b552766c87 ("can: dev: prevent potential information leak in can_fill_info()")
3e77f70e73 ("can: dev: move driver related infrastructure into separate subdir")
0a042c6ec9 ("can: dev: move netlink related code into seperate file")
Code move.
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_ethtool.c
57ac4a31c4 ("net/mlx5e: Correctly handle changing the number of queues when the interface is down")
214baf2287 ("net/mlx5e: Support HTB offload")
Adjacent code changes
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
20776b465c ("net: switchdev: don't set port_obj_info->handled true when -EOPNOTSUPP")
ffb68fc58e ("net: switchdev: remove the transaction structure from port object notifiers")
bae33f2b5a ("net: switchdev: remove the transaction structure from port attributes")
Transaction parameter gets dropped otherwise keep the fix.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Parav Pandit Says:
=================
This patchset introduces support for mlx5 subfunction (SF).
A subfunction is a lightweight function that has a parent PCI function on
which it is deployed. mlx5 subfunction has its own function capabilities
and its own resources. This means a subfunction has its own dedicated
queues(txq, rxq, cq, eq). These queues are neither shared nor stolen from
the parent PCI function.
When subfunction is RDMA capable, it has its own QP1, GID table and rdma
resources neither shared nor stolen from the parent PCI function.
A subfunction has dedicated window in PCI BAR space that is not shared
with the other subfunctions or parent PCI function. This ensures that all
class devices of the subfunction accesses only assigned PCI BAR space.
A Subfunction supports eswitch representation through which it supports tc
offloads. User must configure eswitch to send/receive packets from/to
subfunction port.
Subfunctions share PCI level resources such as PCI MSI-X IRQs with
their other subfunctions and/or with its parent PCI function.
Patch summary:
--------------
Patch 1 to 4 prepares devlink
patch 5 to 7 mlx5 adds SF device support
Patch 8 to 11 mlx5 adds SF devlink port support
Patch 12 and 14 adds documentation
Patch-1 prepares code to handle multiple port function attributes
Patch-2 introduces devlink pcisf port flavour similar to pcipf and pcivf
Patch-3 adds port add and delete driver callbacks
Patch-4 adds port function state get and set callbacks
Patch-5 mlx5 vhca event notifier support to distribute subfunction
state change notification
Patch-6 adds SF auxiliary device
Patch-7 adds SF auxiliary driver
Patch-8 prepares eswitch to handler SF vport
Patch-9 adds eswitch helpers to add/remove SF vport
Patch-10 implements devlink port add/del callbacks
Patch-11 implements devlink port function get/set callbacks
Patch-12 to 14 adds documentation
Patch-12 added mlx5 port function documentation
Patch-13 adds subfunction documentation
Patch-14 adds mlx5 subfunction documentation
Subfunction support is discussed in detail in RFC [1] and [2].
RFC [1] and extension [2] describes requirements, design and proposed
plumbing using devlink, auxiliary bus and sysfs for systemd/udev
support. Functionality of this patchset is best explained using real
examples further below.
overview:
--------
A subfunction can be created and deleted by a user using devlink port
add/delete interface.
A subfunction can be configured using devlink port function attribute
before its activated.
When a subfunction is activated, it results in an auxiliary device on
the host PCI device where it is deployed. A driver binds to the
auxiliary device that further creates supported class devices.
example subfunction usage sequence:
-----------------------------------
Change device to switchdev mode:
$ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev
Add a devlink port of subfunction flavour:
$ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88
Configure mac address of the port function:
$ devlink port function set ens2f0npf0sf88 hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88
Now activate the function:
$ devlink port function set ens2f0npf0sf88 state active
Now use the auxiliary device and class devices:
$ devlink dev show
pci/0000:06:00.0
auxiliary/mlx5_core.sf.4
$ ip link show
127: ens2f0np0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 24:8a:07:b3:d1:12 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
altname enp6s0f0np0
129: p0sf88: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 00:00:00:00:88:88 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
$ rdma dev show
43: rdmap6s0f0: node_type ca fw 16.29.0550 node_guid 248a:0703:00b3:d112 sys_image_guid 248a:0703:00b3:d112
44: mlx5_0: node_type ca fw 16.29.0550 node_guid 0000:00ff:fe00:8888 sys_image_guid 248a:0703:00b3:d112
After use inactivate the function:
$ devlink port function set ens2f0npf0sf88 state inactive
Now delete the subfunction port:
$ devlink port del ens2f0npf0sf88
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20200519092258.GF4655@nanopsycho/
[2] https://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=158555928517777&w=2
=================
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCAAdFiEEGhZs6bAKwk/OTgTpSD+KveBX+j4FAmALKDwACgkQSD+KveBX
+j7qjQf6A1moPhhIlXROCzaJUjlAj2U291LWBveU+I6na6fjYjAAWHYwfv0YKQpo
Qb0NRt+9abgEpGidc4hOwIJKhK+vlWrQuehRt83aAfAwaN3OEeGuNllniWo821Hj
sNiJfSC/DslOlQSxKLsAs3Fduy/sV3GN9Zv7hEwOFgEr5QvB2c6H1XiypVP2Ecsd
ZXC3SuEWxIoRtfXEkTkJne9LNoiDChlvT1FR/z75h8HUBdAOjzBTQzBbM+8M4Msw
8aKUPya3FMRAPWsOgPhkpU0xTtH2Mi7MC9TlwiWmrK4Q3uvesIav8pVf7r3GNAZA
sipIZ4gP0M5SiCaZa8rIBpTXBHxmvg==
=jEG4
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2021-01-13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5 subfunction support
Parav Pandit says:
This patchset introduces support for mlx5 subfunction (SF).
A subfunction is a lightweight function that has a parent PCI function on
which it is deployed. mlx5 subfunction has its own function capabilities
and its own resources. This means a subfunction has its own dedicated
queues(txq, rxq, cq, eq). These queues are neither shared nor stolen from
the parent PCI function.
When subfunction is RDMA capable, it has its own QP1, GID table and rdma
resources neither shared nor stolen from the parent PCI function.
A subfunction has dedicated window in PCI BAR space that is not shared
with the other subfunctions or parent PCI function. This ensures that all
class devices of the subfunction accesses only assigned PCI BAR space.
A Subfunction supports eswitch representation through which it supports tc
offloads. User must configure eswitch to send/receive packets from/to
subfunction port.
Subfunctions share PCI level resources such as PCI MSI-X IRQs with
their other subfunctions and/or with its parent PCI function.
Subfunction support is discussed in detail in RFC [1] and [2].
RFC [1] and extension [2] describes requirements, design and proposed
plumbing using devlink, auxiliary bus and sysfs for systemd/udev
support. Functionality of this patchset is best explained using real
examples further below.
overview:
--------
A subfunction can be created and deleted by a user using devlink port
add/delete interface.
A subfunction can be configured using devlink port function attribute
before its activated.
When a subfunction is activated, it results in an auxiliary device on
the host PCI device where it is deployed. A driver binds to the
auxiliary device that further creates supported class devices.
example subfunction usage sequence:
-----------------------------------
Change device to switchdev mode:
$ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev
Add a devlink port of subfunction flavour:
$ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88
Configure mac address of the port function:
$ devlink port function set ens2f0npf0sf88 hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88
Now activate the function:
$ devlink port function set ens2f0npf0sf88 state active
Now use the auxiliary device and class devices:
$ devlink dev show
pci/0000:06:00.0
auxiliary/mlx5_core.sf.4
$ ip link show
127: ens2f0np0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 24:8a:07:b3:d1:12 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
altname enp6s0f0np0
129: p0sf88: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 00:00:00:00:88:88 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
$ rdma dev show
43: rdmap6s0f0: node_type ca fw 16.29.0550 node_guid 248a:0703:00b3:d112 sys_image_guid 248a:0703:00b3:d112
44: mlx5_0: node_type ca fw 16.29.0550 node_guid 0000:00ff:fe00:8888 sys_image_guid 248a:0703:00b3:d112
After use inactivate the function:
$ devlink port function set ens2f0npf0sf88 state inactive
Now delete the subfunction port:
$ devlink port del ens2f0npf0sf88
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20200519092258.GF4655@nanopsycho/
[2] https://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=158555928517777&w=2
=================
* tag 'mlx5-updates-2021-01-13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux:
net/mlx5: Add devlink subfunction port documentation
devlink: Extend devlink port documentation for subfunctions
devlink: Add devlink port documentation
net/mlx5: SF, Port function state change support
net/mlx5: SF, Add port add delete functionality
net/mlx5: E-switch, Add eswitch helpers for SF vport
net/mlx5: E-switch, Prepare eswitch to handle SF vport
net/mlx5: SF, Add auxiliary device driver
net/mlx5: SF, Add auxiliary device support
net/mlx5: Introduce vhca state event notifier
devlink: Support get and set state of port function
devlink: Support add and delete devlink port
devlink: Introduce PCI SF port flavour and port attribute
devlink: Prepare code to fill multiple port function attributes
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210122193658.282884-1-saeed@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add packet trap that can report packets that were dropped due to
destination MAC filtering.
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
* many minstrel improvements, including removal of the old
minstrel in favour of minstrel_ht
* speed improvements on FQ
* support for RX decapsulation (header conversion) offload
* RTNL reduction: limit RTNL usage in the wireless stack
mostly to where really needed (regulatory not yet) to
reduce contention on it
* various other small updates
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=gIbl
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-net-next-2021-01-27' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
More updates:
* many minstrel improvements, including removal of the old
minstrel in favour of minstrel_ht
* speed improvements on FQ
* support for RX decapsulation (header conversion) offload
* RTNL reduction: limit RTNL usage in the wireless stack
mostly to where really needed (regulatory not yet) to
reduce contention on it
* tag 'mac80211-next-for-net-next-2021-01-27' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next: (24 commits)
mac80211: minstrel_ht: fix regression in the max_prob_rate fix
virt_wifi: fix deadlock on RTNL
cfg80211: avoid holding the RTNL when calling the driver
cfg80211: change netdev registration/unregistration semantics
mac80211: minstrel_ht: fix rounding error in throughput calculation
mac80211: minstrel_ht: increase stats update interval
mac80211: minstrel_ht: fix max probability rate selection
mac80211: minstrel_ht: improve sample rate selection
mac80211: minstrel_ht: improve ampdu length estimation
mac80211: minstrel_ht: remove old ewma based rate average code
mac80211: remove legacy minstrel rate control
mac80211: minstrel_ht: add support for OFDM rates on non-HT clients
mac80211: minstrel_ht: clean up CCK code
mac80211: introduce aql_enable node in debugfs
cfg80211: Add phyrate conversion support for extended MCS in 60GHz band
cfg80211: add VHT rate entries for MCS-10 and MCS-11
mac80211: reduce peer HE MCS/NSS to own capabilities
mac80211: remove NSS number of 160MHz if not support 160MHz for HE
mac80211_hwsim: add 6GHz channels
mac80211: add LDPC encoding to ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap
...
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210127210915.135550-1-johannes@sipsolutions.net
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
At the moment, BPF_CGROUP_INET{4,6}_BIND hooks can rewrite user_port
to the privileged ones (< ip_unprivileged_port_start), but it will
be rejected later on in the __inet_bind or __inet6_bind.
Let's add another return value to indicate that CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE
check should be ignored. Use the same idea as we currently use
in cgroup/egress where bit #1 indicates CN. Instead, for
cgroup/bind{4,6}, bit #1 indicates that CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE should
be bypassed.
v5:
- rename flags to be less confusing (Andrey Ignatov)
- rework BPF_PROG_CGROUP_INET_EGRESS_RUN_ARRAY to work on flags
and accept BPF_RET_SET_CN (no behavioral changes)
v4:
- Add missing IPv6 support (Martin KaFai Lau)
v3:
- Update description (Martin KaFai Lau)
- Fix capability restore in selftest (Martin KaFai Lau)
v2:
- Switch to explicit return code (Martin KaFai Lau)
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Andrey Ignatov <rdna@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20210127193140.3170382-1-sdf@google.com
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
1) Honor stateful expressions defined in the set from the dynset
extension. The set definition provides a stateful expression
that must be used by the dynset expression in case it is specified.
2) Missing timeout extension in the set element in the dynset
extension leads to inconsistent ruleset listing, not allowing
the user to restore timeout and expiration on ruleset reload.
3) Do not dump the stateful expression from the dynset extension
if it coming from the set definition.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf:
netfilter: nft_dynset: dump expressions when set definition contains no expressions
netfilter: nft_dynset: add timeout extension to template
netfilter: nft_dynset: honor stateful expressions in set definition
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210127132512.5472-1-pablo@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This new function combines the netlink register attribute parser
and the store validation function.
This update requires to replace:
enum nft_registers dreg:8;
in many of the expression private areas otherwise compiler complains
with:
error: cannot take address of bit-field ‘dreg’
when passing the register field as reference.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This new function combines the netlink register attribute parser
and the load validation function.
This update requires to replace:
enum nft_registers sreg:8;
in many of the expression private areas otherwise compiler complains
with:
error: cannot take address of bit-field ‘sreg’
when passing the register field as reference.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
For IPv4, default route is learned via DHCPv4 and user is allowed to change
metric using config etc/network/interfaces. But for IPv6, default route can
be learned via RA, for which, currently a fixed metric value 1024 is used.
Ideally, user should be able to configure metric on default route for IPv6
similar to IPv4. This patch adds sysctl for the same.
Logs:
For IPv4:
Config in etc/network/interfaces:
auto eth0
iface eth0 inet dhcp
metric 4261413864
IPv4 Kernel Route Table:
$ ip route list
default via 172.21.47.1 dev eth0 metric 4261413864
FRR Table, if a static route is configured:
[In real scenario, it is useful to prefer BGP learned default route over DHCPv4 default route.]
Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP,
O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, P - PIM, E - EIGRP, N - NHRP,
T - Table, v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, D - SHARP,
> - selected route, * - FIB route
S>* 0.0.0.0/0 [20/0] is directly connected, eth0, 00:00:03
K 0.0.0.0/0 [254/1000] via 172.21.47.1, eth0, 6d08h51m
i.e. User can prefer Default Router learned via Routing Protocol in IPv4.
Similar behavior is not possible for IPv6, without this fix.
After fix [for IPv6]:
sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.eth0.net.ipv6.conf.eth0.ra_defrtr_metric=1996489705
IP monitor: [When IPv6 RA is received]
default via fe80::xx16:xxxx:feb3:ce8e dev eth0 proto ra metric 1996489705 pref high
Kernel IPv6 routing table
$ ip -6 route list
default via fe80::be16:65ff:feb3:ce8e dev eth0 proto ra metric 1996489705 expires 21sec hoplimit 64 pref high
FRR Table, if a static route is configured:
[In real scenario, it is useful to prefer BGP learned default route over IPv6 RA default route.]
Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIPng,
O - OSPFv3, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, N - NHRP, T - Table,
v - VNC, V - VNC-Direct, A - Babel, D - SHARP,
> - selected route, * - FIB route
S>* ::/0 [20/0] is directly connected, eth0, 00:00:06
K ::/0 [119/1001] via fe80::xx16:xxxx:feb3:ce8e, eth0, 6d07h43m
If the metric is changed later, the effect will be seen only when next IPv6
RA is received, because the default route must be fully controlled by RA msg.
Below metric is changed from 1996489705 to 1996489704.
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.eth0.ra_defrtr_metric=1996489704
net.ipv6.conf.eth0.ra_defrtr_metric = 1996489704
IP monitor:
[On next IPv6 RA msg, Kernel deletes prev route and installs new route with updated metric]
Deleted default via fe80::xx16:xxxx:feb3:ce8e dev eth0 proto ra metric 1996489705 expires 3sec hoplimit 64 pref high
default via fe80::xx16:xxxx:feb3:ce8e dev eth0 proto ra metric 1996489704 pref high
Signed-off-by: Praveen Chaudhary <pchaudhary@linkedin.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhenggen Xu <zxu@linkedin.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210125214430.24079-1-pchaudhary@linkedin.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In the lapb module, the timers may run concurrently with other code in
this module, and there is currently no locking to prevent the code from
racing on "struct lapb_cb". This patch adds locking to prevent racing.
1. Add "spinlock_t lock" to "struct lapb_cb"; Add "spin_lock_bh" and
"spin_unlock_bh" to APIs, timer functions and notifier functions.
2. Add "bool t1timer_stop, t2timer_stop" to "struct lapb_cb" to make us
able to ask running timers to abort; Modify "lapb_stop_t1timer" and
"lapb_stop_t2timer" to make them able to abort running timers;
Modify "lapb_t2timer_expiry" and "lapb_t1timer_expiry" to make them
abort after they are stopped by "lapb_stop_t1timer", "lapb_stop_t2timer",
and "lapb_start_t1timer", "lapb_start_t2timer".
3. Let lapb_unregister wait for other API functions and running timers
to stop.
4. The lapb_device_event function calls lapb_disconnect_request. In
order to avoid trying to hold the lock twice, add a new function named
"__lapb_disconnect_request" which assumes the lock is held, and make
it called by lapb_disconnect_request and lapb_device_event.
Fixes: 1da177e4c3 ("Linux-2.6.12-rc2")
Cc: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Signed-off-by: Xie He <xie.he.0141@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210126040939.69995-1-xie.he.0141@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Currently, _everything_ in cfg80211 holds the RTNL, and if you
have a slow USB device (or a few) you can get some bad lock
contention on that.
Fix that by re-adding a mutex to each wiphy/rdev as we had at
some point, so we have locking for the wireless_dev lists and
all the other things in there, and also so that drivers still
don't have to worry too much about it (they still won't get
parallel calls for a single device).
Then, we can restrict the RTNL to a few cases where we add or
remove interfaces and really need the added protection. Some
of the global list management still also uses the RTNL, since
we need to have it anyway for netdev management, but we only
hold the RTNL for very short periods of time here.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210122161942.81df9f5e047a.I4a8e1a60b18863ea8c5e6d3a0faeafb2d45b2f40@changeid
Tested-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com> [marvell driver issues]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a placeholder field to calculate hash tuple offset. Similar to
2c407aca64 ("netfilter: conntrack: avoid gcc-10 zero-length-bounds
warning").
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Bluetooth Core Specification v5.2, Vol. 3, Part A, section 1.4, table
1.1:
'Start Fragments always either begin with the first octet of the Basic
L2CAP header of a PDU or they have a length of zero (see [Vol 2] Part
B, Section 6.6.2).'
Apparently this was changed by the following errata:
https://www.bluetooth.org/tse/errata_view.cfm?errata_id=10216
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This adds logic to disable and reenable advertisement filters during
suspend and resume. After this patch, we would only receive packets from
devices in allow list during suspend.
Signed-off-by: Howard Chung <howardchung@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Enables advertising monitor offloading to the controller, if MSFT
extension is supported. The kernel won't adjust the monitor parameters
to match what the controller supports - that is the user space's
responsibility.
This patch only manages the addition of monitors. Monitor removal is
going to be handled by another patch.
Signed-off-by: Archie Pusaka <apusaka@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Manish Mandlik <mmandlik@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Miao-chen Chou <mcchou@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Yun-Hao Chung <howardchung@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
MSFT needs rssi parameter for monitoring advertisement packet,
therefore we should supply them from mgmt. This adds a new opcode
to add advertisement monitor with rssi parameters.
Signed-off-by: Archie Pusaka <apusaka@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Manish Mandlik <mmandlik@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Miao-chen Chou <mcchou@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Yun-Hao Chung <howardchung@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Upon receiving a cumulative ACK that changes the congestion state from
Disorder to Open, the TLP timer is not set. If the sender is app-limited,
it can only wait for the RTO timer to expire and retransmit.
The reason for this is that the TLP timer is set before the congestion
state changes in tcp_ack(), so we delay the time point of calling
tcp_set_xmit_timer() until after tcp_fastretrans_alert() returns and
remove the FLAG_SET_XMIT_TIMER from ack_flag when the RACK reorder timer
is set.
This commit has two additional benefits:
1) Make sure to reset RTO according to RFC6298 when receiving ACK, to
avoid spurious RTO caused by RTO timer early expires.
2) Reduce the xmit timer reschedule once per ACK when the RACK reorder
timer is set.
Fixes: df92c8394e ("tcp: fix xmit timer to only be reset if data ACKed/SACKed")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/1611311242-6675-1-git-send-email-yangpc@wangsu.com
Signed-off-by: Pengcheng Yang <yangpc@wangsu.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1611464834-23030-1-git-send-email-yangpc@wangsu.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The TCP_USER_TIMEOUT is checked by the 0-window probe timer. As the
timer has backoff with a max interval of about two minutes, the
actual timeout for TCP_USER_TIMEOUT can be off by up to two minutes.
In this patch the TCP_USER_TIMEOUT is made more accurate by taking it
into account when computing the timer value for the 0-window probes.
This patch is similar to and builds on top of the one that made
TCP_USER_TIMEOUT accurate for RTOs in commit b701a99e43 ("tcp: Add
tcp_clamp_rto_to_user_timeout() helper to improve accuracy").
Fixes: 9721e709fa ("tcp: simplify window probe aborting on USER_TIMEOUT")
Signed-off-by: Enke Chen <enchen@paloaltonetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210122191306.GA99540@localhost.localdomain
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The switch ASIC has a limited capacity of physical ('flavour physical'
in devlink terminology) ports that it can support. While each system is
brought up with a different number of ports, this number can be
increased via splitting up to the ASIC's limit.
Expose physical ports as a devlink resource so that user space will have
visibility to the maximum number of ports that can be supported and the
current occupancy.
In addition, add a "Generic Resources" section in devlink-resource
documentation so the different drivers will be aligned by the same resource
name when exposing to user space.
Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
HTB doesn't scale well because of contention on a single lock, and it
also consumes CPU. This patch adds support for offloading HTB to
hardware that supports hierarchical rate limiting.
In the offload mode, HTB passes control commands to the driver using
ndo_setup_tc. The driver has to replicate the whole hierarchy of classes
and their settings (rate, ceil) in the NIC. Every modification of the
HTB tree caused by the admin results in ndo_setup_tc being called.
After this setup, the HTB algorithm is done completely in the NIC. An SQ
(send queue) is created for every leaf class and attached to the
hierarchy, so that the NIC can calculate and obey aggregated rate
limits, too. In the future, it can be changed, so that multiple SQs will
back a single leaf class.
ndo_select_queue is responsible for selecting the right queue that
serves the traffic class of each packet.
The data path works as follows: a packet is classified by clsact, the
driver selects a hardware queue according to its class, and the packet
is enqueued into this queue's qdisc.
This solution addresses two main problems of scaling HTB:
1. Contention by flow classification. Currently the filters are attached
to the HTB instance as follows:
# tc filter add dev eth0 parent 1:0 protocol ip flower dst_port 80
classid 1:10
It's possible to move classification to clsact egress hook, which is
thread-safe and lock-free:
# tc filter add dev eth0 egress protocol ip flower dst_port 80
action skbedit priority 1:10
This way classification still happens in software, but the lock
contention is eliminated, and it happens before selecting the TX queue,
allowing the driver to translate the class to the corresponding hardware
queue in ndo_select_queue.
Note that this is already compatible with non-offloaded HTB and doesn't
require changes to the kernel nor iproute2.
2. Contention by handling packets. HTB is not multi-queue, it attaches
to a whole net device, and handling of all packets takes the same lock.
When HTB is offloaded, it registers itself as a multi-queue qdisc,
similarly to mq: HTB is attached to the netdev, and each queue has its
own qdisc.
Some features of HTB may be not supported by some particular hardware,
for example, the maximum number of classes may be limited, the
granularity of rate and ceil parameters may be different, etc. - so, the
offload is not enabled by default, a new parameter is used to enable it:
# tc qdisc replace dev eth0 root handle 1: htb offload
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In a following commit, sch_htb will start using extack in the delete
class operation to pass hardware errors in offload mode. This commit
prepares for that by adding the extack parameter to this callback and
converting usage of the existing qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The existing qdiscs that set TCQ_F_MQROOT don't use sch_tree_lock.
However, hardware-offloaded HTB will start setting this flag while also
using sch_tree_lock.
The current implementation of sch_tree_lock basically locks on
qdisc->dev_queue->qdisc, and it works fine when the tree is attached to
some queue. However, it's not the case for MQROOT qdiscs: such a qdisc
is the root itself, and its dev_queue just points to queue 0, while not
actually being used, because there are real per-queue qdiscs.
This patch changes the logic of sch_tree_lock and sch_tree_unlock to
lock the qdisc itself if it's the MQROOT.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Since the early retransmit has been removed by
commit bec41a11dd ("tcp: remove early retransmit"),
we also remove the unused ICSK_TIME_EARLY_RETRANS macro.
Signed-off-by: Pengcheng Yang <yangpc@wangsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1611239473-27304-1-git-send-email-yangpc@wangsu.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
devlink port function can be in active or inactive state.
Allow users to get and set port function's state.
When the port function it activated, its operational state may change
after a while when the device is created and driver binds to it.
Similarly on deactivation flow.
To clearly describe the state of the port function and its device's
operational state in the host system, define state and opstate
attributes.
Example of a PCI SF port which supports a port function:
$ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev
$ devlink port show
pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false
$ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88
pci/0000:08:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false
function:
hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768
pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false
function:
hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state inactive opstate detached
$ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp
{
"port": {
"pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": {
"type": "eth",
"netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88",
"flavour": "pcisf",
"controller": 0,
"pfnum": 0,
"sfnum": 88,
"external": false,
"splittable": false,
"function": {
"hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88",
"state": "active",
"opstate": "attached"
}
}
}
}
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Extended devlink interface for the user to add and delete a port.
Extend devlink to connect user requests to driver to add/delete
a port in the device.
Driver routines are invoked without holding devlink instance lock.
This enables driver to perform several devlink objects registration,
unregistration such as (port, health reporter, resource etc) by using
existing devlink APIs.
This also helps to uniformly use the code for port unregistration
during driver unload and during port deletion initiated by user.
Examples of add, show and delete commands:
$ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev
$ devlink port show
pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false
$ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88
pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false
function:
hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768
pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false
function:
hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached
$ udevadm test-builtin net_id /sys/class/net/eth6
Load module index
Parsed configuration file /usr/lib/systemd/network/99-default.link
Created link configuration context.
Using default interface naming scheme 'v245'.
ID_NET_NAMING_SCHEME=v245
ID_NET_NAME_PATH=enp6s0f0npf0sf88
ID_NET_NAME_SLOT=ens2f0npf0sf88
Unload module index
Unloaded link configuration context.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
A PCI sub-function (SF) represents a portion of the device similar
to PCI VF.
In an eswitch, PCI SF may have port which is normally represented
using a representor netdevice.
To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with SF,
and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI SF port flavour.
When devlink port flavour is PCI SF, fill up PCI SF attributes of the
port.
Extend port name creation using PCI PF and SF number scheme on best
effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own
scheme.
This is done as cApfNSfM, where A, N and M are controller, PCI PF and
PCI SF number respectively.
This is similar to existing naming for PCI PF and PCI VF ports.
An example view of a PCI SF port:
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768
pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false
function:
hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active opstate attached
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp
{
"port": {
"pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": {
"type": "eth",
"netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88",
"flavour": "pcisf",
"controller": 0,
"pfnum": 0,
"sfnum": 88,
"splittable": false,
"function": {
"hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88",
"state": "active",
"opstate": "attached"
}
}
}
}
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
We used to not require anything in terms of registering netdevs
with cfg80211, using a netdev notifier instead. However, in the
next patch reducing RTNL locking, this causes big problems, and
the simplest way is to just require drivers to do things better.
Change the registration/unregistration semantics to require the
drivers to call cfg80211_(un)register_netdevice() when this is
happening due to a cfg80211 request, i.e. add_virtual_intf() or
del_virtual_intf() (or if it somehow has to happen in any other
cfg80211 callback).
Otherwise, in other contexts, drivers may continue to use the
normal netdev (un)registration functions as usual.
Internally, we still use the netdev notifier and track (by the
new wdev->registered bool) if the wdev had already been added
to cfg80211 or not.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210122161942.cf2f4b65e4e9.Ida8234e50da13eb675b557bac52a713ad4eddf71@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The current phyrate conversion does not include extended MCS and provides
incorrect rates. Add a flag for extended MCS in DMG and add corresponding
phyrate table for the correct conversions using base MCS in DMG specs.
Signed-off-by: Max Chen <mxchen@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1609977050-7089-2-git-send-email-mxchen@codeaurora.org
[reduce data size, make a single WARN]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows drivers to pass 802.3 frames to mac80211, with some restrictions:
- the skb must be passed with a valid sta
- fast-rx needs to be active for the sta
- monitor mode needs to be disabled
mac80211 will tell the driver when it is safe to enable rx decap offload for
a particular station.
In order to implement support, a driver must:
- call ieee80211_hw_set(hw, SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD)
- implement ops->sta_set_decap_offload
- mark 802.3 frames with RX_FLAG_8023
If it doesn't want to enable offload for some vif types, it can mask out
IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED in vif->offload_flags from within the
.add_interface or .update_vif_offload driver ops
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201218184718.93650-6-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A sorted flow list is only needed to drop packets in the biggest flow when
hitting the overmemory condition.
By scanning flows only when needed, we can avoid paying the cost of
maintaining the list under normal conditions
In order to avoid scanning lots of empty flows and touching too many cold
cache lines, a bitmap of flows with backlog is maintained
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201218184718.93650-3-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Simplifies the code and prepares for a rework of scanning for flows on
overmemory drop.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201218184718.93650-2-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is similar to what sch_fq_codel does. It also amortizes the worst
case cost of a follow-up patch that changes the selection of the biggest
flow for dropping packets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201218184718.93650-1-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch add the TCA_FLOWER_KEY_CT_FLAGS_INVALID flag to
match the ct_state with invalid for conntrack.
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1611045110-682-1-git-send-email-wenxu@ucloud.cn
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add custom implementation of getsockopt hook for TCP_ZEROCOPY_RECEIVE.
We skip generic hooks for TCP_ZEROCOPY_RECEIVE and have a custom
call in do_tcp_getsockopt using the on-stack data. This removes
3% overhead for locking/unlocking the socket.
Without this patch:
3.38% 0.07% tcp_mmap [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __cgroup_bpf_run_filter_getsockopt
|
--3.30%--__cgroup_bpf_run_filter_getsockopt
|
--0.81%--__kmalloc
With the patch applied:
0.52% 0.12% tcp_mmap [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __cgroup_bpf_run_filter_getsockopt_kern
Note, exporting uapi/tcp.h requires removing netinet/tcp.h
from test_progs.h because those headers have confliciting
definitions.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20210115163501.805133-2-sdf@google.com
Introduce xdp_build_skb_from_frame utility routine to build the skb
from xdp_frame. Respect to __xdp_build_skb_from_frame,
xdp_build_skb_from_frame will allocate the skb object. Rely on
xdp_build_skb_from_frame in veth driver.
Introduce missing xdp metadata support in veth_xdp_rcv_one routine.
Add missing metadata support in veth_xdp_rcv_one().
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reviewed-by: Toshiaki Makita <toshiaki.makita1@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/94ade9e853162ae1947941965193190da97457bc.1610475660.git.lorenzo@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Introduce __xdp_build_skb_from_frame utility routine to build
the skb from xdp_frame. Rely on __xdp_build_skb_from_frame in
cpumap code.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/4f9f4c6b3dd3933770c617eb6689dbc0c6e25863.1610475660.git.lorenzo@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/can/dev.c
commit 03f16c5075 ("can: dev: can_restart: fix use after free bug")
commit 3e77f70e73 ("can: dev: move driver related infrastructure into separate subdir")
Code move.
drivers/net/dsa/b53/b53_common.c
commit 8e4052c32d ("net: dsa: b53: fix an off by one in checking "vlan->vid"")
commit b7a9e0da2d ("net: switchdev: remove vid_begin -> vid_end range from VLAN objects")
Field rename.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The previous commit 32efcc06d2 ("tcp: export count for rehash attempts")
would mis-account rehashing SNMP and socket stats:
a. During handshake of an active open, only counts the first
SYN timeout
b. After handshake of passive and active open, stop updating
after (roughly) TCP_RETRIES1 recurring RTOs
c. After the socket aborts, over count timeout_rehash by 1
This patch fixes this by checking the rehash result from sk_rethink_txhash.
Fixes: 32efcc06d2 ("tcp: export count for rehash attempts")
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210119192619.1848270-1-ycheng@google.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Following the description in previous patch (for TX):
As the bond interface is being bypassed by the TLS module, interacting
directly against the lower devs, there is no way for the bond interface
to disable its device offload capabilities, as long as the mode/policy
config allows it.
Hence, the feature flag is not directly controllable, but just reflects
the offload status based on the logic under bond_sk_check().
Here we just declare RX device offload support, and expose it via the
NETIF_F_HW_TLS_RX flag.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Implement TLS TX device offload for bonding interfaces.
This allows kTLS sockets running on a bond to benefit from the
device offload on capable lower devices.
To allow a simple and fast maintenance of the TLS context in SW and
lower devices, we bind the TLS socket to a specific lower dev.
To achieve a behavior similar to SW kTLS, we support only balance-xor
and 802.3ad modes, with xmit_hash_policy=layer3+4. This is enforced
in bond_sk_check(), done in a previous patch.
For the above configuration, the SW implementation keeps picking the
same exact lower dev for all the socket's SKBs. The device offload
behaves similarly, making the decision once at the connection creation.
Per socket, the TLS module should work directly with the lowest netdev
in chain, to call the tls_dev_ops operations.
As the bond interface is being bypassed by the TLS module, interacting
directly against the lower devs, there is no way for the bond interface
to disable its device offload capabilities, as long as the mode/policy
config allows it.
Hence, the feature flag is not directly controllable, but just reflects
the current offload status based on the logic under bond_sk_check().
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add ndo_sk_get_lower_dev() implementation for bond interfaces.
Support only for the cases where the socket's and SKBs' hash
yields identical value for the whole connection lifetime.
Here we restrict it to L3+4 sockets only, with
xmit_hash_policy==LAYER34 and bond modes xor/802.3ad.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
tcf_action_init_1() loads tc action modules automatically with
request_module() after parsing the tc action names, and it drops RTNL
lock and re-holds it before and after request_module(). This causes a
lot of troubles, as discovered by syzbot, because we can be in the
middle of batch initializations when we create an array of tc actions.
One of the problem is deadlock:
CPU 0 CPU 1
rtnl_lock();
for (...) {
tcf_action_init_1();
-> rtnl_unlock();
-> request_module();
rtnl_lock();
for (...) {
tcf_action_init_1();
-> tcf_idr_check_alloc();
// Insert one action into idr,
// but it is not committed until
// tcf_idr_insert_many(), then drop
// the RTNL lock in the _next_
// iteration
-> rtnl_unlock();
-> rtnl_lock();
-> a_o->init();
-> tcf_idr_check_alloc();
// Now waiting for the same index
// to be committed
-> request_module();
-> rtnl_lock()
// Now waiting for RTNL lock
}
rtnl_unlock();
}
rtnl_unlock();
This is not easy to solve, we can move the request_module() before
this loop and pre-load all the modules we need for this netlink
message and then do the rest initializations. So the loop breaks down
to two now:
for (i = 1; i <= TCA_ACT_MAX_PRIO && tb[i]; i++) {
struct tc_action_ops *a_o;
a_o = tc_action_load_ops(name, tb[i]...);
ops[i - 1] = a_o;
}
for (i = 1; i <= TCA_ACT_MAX_PRIO && tb[i]; i++) {
act = tcf_action_init_1(ops[i - 1]...);
}
Although this looks serious, it only has been reported by syzbot, so it
seems hard to trigger this by humans. And given the size of this patch,
I'd suggest to make it to net-next and not to backport to stable.
This patch has been tested by syzbot and tested with tdc.py by me.
Fixes: 0fedc63fad ("net_sched: commit action insertions together")
Reported-and-tested-by: syzbot+82752bc5331601cf4899@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Reported-and-tested-by: syzbot+b3b63b6bff456bd95294@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Reported-by: syzbot+ba67b12b1ca729912834@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cong.wang@bytedance.com>
Tested-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210117005657.14810-1-xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The TCP session does not terminate with TCP_USER_TIMEOUT when data
remain untransmitted due to zero window.
The number of unanswered zero-window probes (tcp_probes_out) is
reset to zero with incoming acks irrespective of the window size,
as described in tcp_probe_timer():
RFC 1122 4.2.2.17 requires the sender to stay open indefinitely
as long as the receiver continues to respond probes. We support
this by default and reset icsk_probes_out with incoming ACKs.
This counter, however, is the wrong one to be used in calculating the
duration that the window remains closed and data remain untransmitted.
Thanks to Jonathan Maxwell <jmaxwell37@gmail.com> for diagnosing the
actual issue.
In this patch a new timestamp is introduced for the socket in order to
track the elapsed time for the zero-window probes that have not been
answered with any non-zero window ack.
Fixes: 9721e709fa ("tcp: simplify window probe aborting on USER_TIMEOUT")
Reported-by: William McCall <william.mccall@gmail.com>
Co-developed-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Enke Chen <enchen@paloaltonetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210115223058.GA39267@localhost.localdomain
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
If the set definition contains stateful expressions, allocate them for
the newly added entries from the packet path.
Fixes: 65038428b2 ("netfilter: nf_tables: allow to specify stateful expression in set definition")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Switches that care about QoS might have hardware support for reserving
buffer pools for individual ports or traffic classes, and configuring
their sizes and thresholds. Through devlink-sb (shared buffers), this is
all configurable, as well as their occupancy being viewable.
Add the plumbing in DSA for these operations.
Individual drivers still need to call devlink_sb_register() with the
shared buffers they want to expose. A helper was not created in DSA for
this purpose (unlike, say, dsa_devlink_params_register), since in my
opinion it does not bring any benefit over plainly calling
devlink_sb_register() directly.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2021-01-16
1) Extend atomic operations to the BPF instruction set along with x86-64 JIT support,
that is, atomic{,64}_{xchg,cmpxchg,fetch_{add,and,or,xor}}, from Brendan Jackman.
2) Add support for using kernel module global variables (__ksym externs in BPF
programs) retrieved via module's BTF, from Andrii Nakryiko.
3) Generalize BPF stackmap's buildid retrieval and add support to have buildid
stored in mmap2 event for perf, from Jiri Olsa.
4) Various fixes for cross-building BPF sefltests out-of-tree which then will
unblock wider automated testing on ARM hardware, from Jean-Philippe Brucker.
5) Allow to retrieve SOL_SOCKET opts from sock_addr progs, from Daniel Borkmann.
6) Clean up driver's XDP buffer init and split into two helpers to init per-
descriptor and non-changing fields during processing, from Lorenzo Bianconi.
7) Minor misc improvements to libbpf & bpftool, from Ian Rogers.
* https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bpf/bpf-next: (41 commits)
perf: Add build id data in mmap2 event
bpf: Add size arg to build_id_parse function
bpf: Move stack_map_get_build_id into lib
bpf: Document new atomic instructions
bpf: Add tests for new BPF atomic operations
bpf: Add bitwise atomic instructions
bpf: Pull out a macro for interpreting atomic ALU operations
bpf: Add instructions for atomic_[cmp]xchg
bpf: Add BPF_FETCH field / create atomic_fetch_add instruction
bpf: Move BPF_STX reserved field check into BPF_STX verifier code
bpf: Rename BPF_XADD and prepare to encode other atomics in .imm
bpf: x86: Factor out a lookup table for some ALU opcodes
bpf: x86: Factor out emission of REX byte
bpf: x86: Factor out emission of ModR/M for *(reg + off)
tools/bpftool: Add -Wall when building BPF programs
bpf, libbpf: Avoid unused function warning on bpf_tail_call_static
selftests/bpf: Install btf_dump test cases
selftests/bpf: Fix installation of urandom_read
selftests/bpf: Move generated test files to $(TEST_GEN_FILES)
selftests/bpf: Fix out-of-tree build
...
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210116012922.17823-1-daniel@iogearbox.net
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add support for Arrow SpeedChips XRS700x single byte tag trailer. This
is modeled on tag_trailer.c which works in a similar way.
Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Monitor the following events and notify the driver when:
- A DSA port joins/leaves a LAG.
- A LAG, made up of DSA ports, joins/leaves a bridge.
- A DSA port in a LAG is enabled/disabled (enabled meaning
"distributing" in 802.3ad LACP terms).
When a LAG joins a bridge, the DSA subsystem will treat that as each
individual port joining the bridge. The driver may look at the port's
LAG device pointer to see if it is associated with any LAG, if that is
required. This is analogue to how switchdev events are replicated out
to all lower devices when reaching e.g. a LAG.
Drivers can optionally request that DSA maintain a linear mapping from
a LAG ID to the corresponding netdev by setting ds->num_lag_ids to the
desired size.
In the event that the hardware is not capable of offloading a
particular LAG for any reason (the typical case being use of exotic
modes like broadcast), DSA will take a hands-off approach, allowing
the LAG to be formed as a pure software construct. This is reported
back through the extended ACK, but is otherwise transparent to the
user.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
A function has a different name between their prototype
and its kernel-doc markup:
../include/net/cfg80211.h:1766: warning: expecting prototype for struct cfg80211_sar_chan_ranges. Prototype was for struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges instead
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/c7ed4bc4d9e992ead16d3d2df246f3b56dbfb1fb.1610610937.git.mchehab+huawei@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Now that all users of struct switchdev_trans have been modified to do
without it, we can remove this structure and the two helpers to determine
the phase.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
It should be the driver's business to logically separate its VLAN
offloading into a preparation and a commit phase, and some drivers don't
need / can't do this.
So remove the transactional shim from DSA and let drivers propagate
errors directly from the .port_vlan_add callback.
It would appear that the code has worse error handling now than it had
before. DSA is the only in-kernel user of switchdev that offloads one
switchdev object to more than one port: for every VLAN object offloaded
to a user port, that VLAN is also offloaded to the CPU port. So the
"prepare for user port -> check for errors -> prepare for CPU port ->
check for errors -> commit for user port -> commit for CPU port"
sequence appears to make more sense than the one we are using now:
"offload to user port -> check for errors -> offload to CPU port ->
check for errors", but it is really a compromise. In the new way, we can
catch errors from the commit phase that we previously had to ignore.
But we have our hands tied and cannot do any rollback now: if we add a
VLAN on the CPU port and it fails, we can't do the rollback by simply
deleting it from the user port, because the switchdev API is not so nice
with us: it could have simply been there already, even with the same
flags. So we don't even attempt to rollback anything on addition error,
just leave whatever VLANs managed to get offloaded right where they are.
This should not be a problem at all in practice.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
For many drivers, the .port_mdb_prepare callback was not a good opportunity
to avoid any error condition, and they would suppress errors found during
the actual commit phase.
Where a logical separation between the prepare and the commit phase
existed, the function that used to implement the .port_mdb_prepare
callback still exists, but now it is called directly from .port_mdb_add,
which was modified to return an int code.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek
Reviewed-by: Linus Wallei <linus.walleij@linaro.org> # RTL8366
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Since the introduction of the switchdev API, port attributes were
transmitted to drivers for offloading using a two-step transactional
model, with a prepare phase that was supposed to catch all errors, and a
commit phase that was supposed to never fail.
Some classes of failures can never be avoided, like hardware access, or
memory allocation. In the latter case, merely attempting to move the
memory allocation to the preparation phase makes it impossible to avoid
memory leaks, since commit 91cf8eceff ("switchdev: Remove unused
transaction item queue") which has removed the unused mechanism of
passing on the allocated memory between one phase and another.
It is time we admit that separating the preparation from the commit
phase is something that is best left for the driver to decide, and not
something that should be baked into the API, especially since there are
no switchdev callers that depend on this.
This patch removes the struct switchdev_trans member from switchdev port
attribute notifier structures, and converts drivers to not look at this
member.
In part, this patch contains a revert of my previous commit 2e554a7a5d
("net: dsa: propagate switchdev vlan_filtering prepare phase to
drivers").
For the most part, the conversion was trivial except for:
- Rocker's world implementation based on Broadcom OF-DPA had an odd
implementation of ofdpa_port_attr_bridge_flags_set. The conversion was
done mechanically, by pasting the implementation twice, then only
keeping the code that would get executed during prepare phase on top,
then only keeping the code that gets executed during the commit phase
on bottom, then simplifying the resulting code until this was obtained.
- DSA's offloading of STP state, bridge flags, VLAN filtering and
multicast router could be converted right away. But the ageing time
could not, so a shim was introduced and this was left for a further
commit.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> # RTL8366RB
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Since the introduction of the switchdev API, port objects were
transmitted to drivers for offloading using a two-step transactional
model, with a prepare phase that was supposed to catch all errors, and a
commit phase that was supposed to never fail.
Some classes of failures can never be avoided, like hardware access, or
memory allocation. In the latter case, merely attempting to move the
memory allocation to the preparation phase makes it impossible to avoid
memory leaks, since commit 91cf8eceff ("switchdev: Remove unused
transaction item queue") which has removed the unused mechanism of
passing on the allocated memory between one phase and another.
It is time we admit that separating the preparation from the commit
phase is something that is best left for the driver to decide, and not
something that should be baked into the API, especially since there are
no switchdev callers that depend on this.
This patch removes the struct switchdev_trans member from switchdev port
object notifier structures, and converts drivers to not look at this
member.
Where driver conversion is trivial (like in the case of the Marvell
Prestera driver, NXP DPAA2 switch, TI CPSW, and Rocker drivers), it is
done in this patch.
Where driver conversion needs more attention (DSA, Mellanox Spectrum),
the conversion is left for subsequent patches and here we only fake the
prepare/commit phases at a lower level, just not in the switchdev
notifier itself.
Where the code has a natural structure that is best left alone as a
preparation and a commit phase (as in the case of the Ocelot switch),
that structure is left in place, just made to not depend upon the
switchdev transactional model.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The call path of a switchdev VLAN addition to the bridge looks something
like this today:
nbp_vlan_init
| __br_vlan_set_default_pvid
| | |
| | br_afspec |
| | | |
| | v |
| | br_process_vlan_info |
| | | |
| | v |
| | br_vlan_info |
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
v v v v v
nbp_vlan_add br_vlan_add ------+
| ^ ^ | |
| / | | |
| / / / |
\ br_vlan_get_master/ / v
\ ^ / / br_vlan_add_existing
\ | / / |
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
v | | v /
__vlan_add /
/ | /
/ | /
v | /
__vlan_vid_add | /
\ | /
v v v
br_switchdev_port_vlan_add
The ranges UAPI was introduced to the bridge in commit bdced7ef78
("bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and
dellink requests") (Jan 10 2015). But the VLAN ranges (parsed in br_afspec)
have always been passed one by one, through struct bridge_vlan_info
tmp_vinfo, to br_vlan_info. So the range never went too far in depth.
Then Scott Feldman introduced the switchdev_port_bridge_setlink function
in commit 47f8328bb1 ("switchdev: add new switchdev bridge setlink").
That marked the introduction of the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN, which made
full use of the range. But switchdev_port_bridge_setlink was called like
this:
br_setlink
-> br_afspec
-> switchdev_port_bridge_setlink
Basically, the switchdev and the bridge code were not tightly integrated.
Then commit 41c498b935 ("bridge: restore br_setlink back to original")
came, and switchdev drivers were required to implement
.ndo_bridge_setlink = switchdev_port_bridge_setlink for a while.
In the meantime, commits such as 0944d6b5a2 ("bridge: try switchdev op
first in __vlan_vid_add/del") finally made switchdev penetrate the
br_vlan_info() barrier and start to develop the call path we have today.
But remember, br_vlan_info() still receives VLANs one by one.
Then Arkadi Sharshevsky refactored the switchdev API in 2017 in commit
29ab586c3d ("net: switchdev: Remove bridge bypass support from
switchdev") so that drivers would not implement .ndo_bridge_setlink any
longer. The switchdev_port_bridge_setlink also got deleted.
This refactoring removed the parallel bridge_setlink implementation from
switchdev, and left the only switchdev VLAN objects to be the ones
offloaded from __vlan_vid_add (basically RX filtering) and __vlan_add
(the latter coming from commit 9c86ce2c1a ("net: bridge: Notify about
bridge VLANs")).
That is to say, today the switchdev VLAN object ranges are not used in
the kernel. Refactoring the above call path is a bit complicated, when
the bridge VLAN call path is already a bit complicated.
Let's go off and finish the job of commit 29ab586c3d by deleting the
bogus iteration through the VLAN ranges from the drivers. Some aspects
of this feature never made too much sense in the first place. For
example, what is a range of VLANs all having the BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID
flag supposed to mean, when a port can obviously have a single pvid?
This particular configuration _is_ denied as of commit 6623c60dc2
("bridge: vlan: enforce no pvid flag in vlan ranges"), but from an API
perspective, the driver still has to play pretend, and only offload the
vlan->vid_end as pvid. And the addition of a switchdev VLAN object can
modify the flags of another, completely unrelated, switchdev VLAN
object! (a VLAN that is PVID will invalidate the PVID flag from whatever
other VLAN had previously been offloaded with switchdev and had that
flag. Yet switchdev never notifies about that change, drivers are
supposed to guess).
Nonetheless, having a VLAN range in the API makes error handling look
scarier than it really is - unwinding on errors and all of that.
When in reality, no one really calls this API with more than one VLAN.
It is all unnecessary complexity.
And despite appearing pretentious (two-phase transactional model and
all), the switchdev API is really sloppy because the VLAN addition and
removal operations are not paired with one another (you can add a VLAN
100 times and delete it just once). The bridge notifies through
switchdev of a VLAN addition not only when the flags of an existing VLAN
change, but also when nothing changes. There are switchdev drivers out
there who don't like adding a VLAN that has already been added, and
those checks don't really belong at driver level. But the fact that the
API contains ranges is yet another factor that prevents this from being
addressed in the future.
Of the existing switchdev pieces of hardware, it appears that only
Mellanox Spectrum supports offloading more than one VLAN at a time,
through mlxsw_sp_port_vlan_set. I have kept that code internal to the
driver, because there is some more bookkeeping that makes use of it, but
I deleted it from the switchdev API. But since the switchdev support for
ranges has already been de facto deleted by a Mellanox employee and
nobody noticed for 4 years, I'm going to assume it's not a biggie.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> # switchdev and mlxsw
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
A stray @ caused the kernel-doc parser to not understand
this, fix that. Also add some missing kernel-doc.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Fixes: 6bdb68cef7 ("nl80211: add common API to configure SAR power limitations")
Fixes: c534e093d8 ("mac80211: add ieee80211_set_sar_specs")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> # build only
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210106234740.96827c18f9bd.I8b9f0a9cbfe186931ef9640046f414371f216914@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This effectively reverts commit 60724d4bae ("net: dsa: Add support for
DSA specific notifiers"). The reason is that since commit 2f1e8ea726
("net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep
warnings"), it appears that there is a generic way to achieve the same
purpose. The only user thus far, the Broadcom SYSTEMPORT driver, was
converted to use the generic notifiers.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Using the NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER notifications, drivers can be aware when
they are enslaved to e.g. a bridge by calling netif_is_bridge_master().
Export this helper from DSA to get the equivalent functionality of
determining whether the upper interface of a CHANGEUPPER notifier is a
DSA switch interface or not.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
It is a bit strange to see something as specific as Broadcom SYSTEMPORT
bits in the main DSA include file. Move these away into a separate
header, and have the tagger and the SYSTEMPORT driver include them.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Some DSA switches (and not only) cannot learn source MAC addresses from
packets injected from the CPU. They only perform hardware address
learning from inbound traffic.
This can be problematic when we have a bridge spanning some DSA switch
ports and some non-DSA ports (which we'll call "foreign interfaces" from
DSA's perspective).
There are 2 classes of problems created by the lack of learning on
CPU-injected traffic:
- excessive flooding, due to the fact that DSA treats those addresses as
unknown
- the risk of stale routes, which can lead to temporary packet loss
To illustrate the second class, consider the following situation, which
is common in production equipment (wireless access points, where there
is a WLAN interface and an Ethernet switch, and these form a single
bridging domain).
AP 1:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| ^ ^
| | |
| | |
| Client A Client B
|
|
|
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
AP 2
- br0 of AP 1 will know that Clients A and B are reachable via wlan0
- the hardware fdb of a DSA switch driver today is not kept in sync with
the software entries on other bridge ports, so it will not know that
clients A and B are reachable via the CPU port UNLESS the hardware
switch itself performs SA learning from traffic injected from the CPU.
Nonetheless, a substantial number of switches don't.
- the hardware fdb of the DSA switch on AP 2 may autonomously learn that
Client A and B are reachable through swp0. Therefore, the software br0
of AP 2 also may or may not learn this. In the example we're
illustrating, some Ethernet traffic has been going on, and br0 from AP
2 has indeed learnt that it can reach Client B through swp0.
One of the wireless clients, say Client B, disconnects from AP 1 and
roams to AP 2. The topology now looks like this:
AP 1:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| ^
| |
| Client A
|
|
| Client B
| |
| v
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
AP 2
- br0 of AP 1 still knows that Client A is reachable via wlan0 (no change)
- br0 of AP 1 will (possibly) know that Client B has left wlan0. There
are cases where it might never find out though. Either way, DSA today
does not process that notification in any way.
- the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 1 may learn autonomously that
Client B can be reached via swp0, if it receives any packet with
Client 1's source MAC address over Ethernet.
- the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 2 still thinks that Client B
can be reached via swp0. It does not know that it has roamed to wlan0,
because it doesn't perform SA learning from the CPU port.
Now Client A contacts Client B.
AP 1 routes the packet fine towards swp0 and delivers it on the Ethernet
segment.
AP 2 sees a frame on swp0 and its fdb says that the destination is swp0.
Hairpinning is disabled => drop.
This problem comes from the fact that these switches have a 'blind spot'
for addresses coming from software bridging. The generic solution is not
to assume that hardware learning can be enabled somehow, but to listen
to more bridge learning events. It turns out that the bridge driver does
learn in software from all inbound frames, in __br_handle_local_finish.
A proper SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE notification is emitted for the
addresses serviced by the bridge on 'foreign' interfaces. The software
bridge also does the right thing on migration, by notifying that the old
entry is deleted, so that does not need to be special-cased in DSA. When
it is deleted, we just need to delete our static FDB entry towards the
CPU too, and wait.
The problem is that DSA currently only cares about SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE
events received on its own interfaces, such as static FDB entries.
Luckily we can change that, and DSA can listen to all switchdev FDB
add/del events in the system and figure out if those events were emitted
by a bridge that spans at least one of DSA's own ports. In case that is
true, DSA will also offload that address towards its own CPU port, in
the eventuality that there might be bridge clients attached to the DSA
switch who want to talk to the station connected to the foreign
interface.
In terms of implementation, we need to keep the fdb_info->added_by_user
check for the case where the switchdev event was targeted directly at a
DSA switch port. But we don't need to look at that flag for snooped
events. So the check is currently too late, we need to move it earlier.
This also simplifies the code a bit, since we avoid uselessly allocating
and freeing switchdev_work.
We could probably do some improvements in the future. For example,
multi-bridge support is rudimentary at the moment. If there are two
bridges spanning a DSA switch's ports, and both of them need to service
the same MAC address, then what will happen is that the migration of one
of those stations will trigger the deletion of the FDB entry from the
CPU port while it is still used by other bridge. That could be improved
with reference counting but is left for another time.
This behavior needs to be enabled at driver level by setting
ds->assisted_learning_on_cpu_port = true. This is because we don't want
to inflict a potential performance penalty (accesses through
MDIO/I2C/SPI are expensive) to hardware that really doesn't need it
because address learning on the CPU port works there.
Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Move the NETIF_F_RX_UDP_TUNNEL_PORT feature check into
udp_tunnel_nic_*_port() helpers, since they're always
done right before the call.
Add similar checks before calling the notifier.
udp_tunnel_nic invokes the notifier without checking
features which could result in some wasted cycles.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexanderduyck@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
and bpf trees.
Current release - regressions:
- mt76: - usb: fix NULL pointer dereference in mt76u_status_worker
- sdio: fix NULL pointer dereference in mt76s_process_tx_queue
- net: ipa: fix interconnect enable bug
Current release - always broken:
- netfilter: ipset: fixes possible oops in mtype_resize
- ath11k: fix number of coding issues found by static analysis tools
and spurious error messages
Previous releases - regressions:
- e1000e: re-enable s0ix power saving flows for systems with
the Intel i219-LM Ethernet controllers to fix power
use regression
- virtio_net: fix recursive call to cpus_read_lock() to avoid
a deadlock
- ipv4: ignore ECN bits for fib lookups in fib_compute_spec_dst()
- net-sysfs: take the rtnl lock around XPS configuration
- xsk: - fix memory leak for failed bind
- rollback reservation at NETDEV_TX_BUSY
- r8169: work around power-saving bug on some chip versions
Previous releases - always broken:
- dcb: validate netlink message in DCB handler
- tun: fix return value when the number of iovs exceeds MAX_SKB_FRAGS
to prevent unnecessary retries
- vhost_net: fix ubuf refcount when sendmsg fails
- bpf: save correct stopping point in file seq iteration
- ncsi: use real net-device for response handler
- neighbor: fix div by zero caused by a data race (TOCTOU)
- bareudp: - fix use of incorrect min_headroom size
- fix false positive lockdep splat from the TX lock
- net: mvpp2: - clear force link UP during port init procedure
in case bootloader had set it
- add TCAM entry to drop flow control pause frames
- fix PPPoE with ipv6 packet parsing
- fix GoP Networking Complex Control config of port 3
- fix pkt coalescing IRQ-threshold configuration
- xsk: fix race in SKB mode transmit with shared cq
- ionic: account for vlan tag len in rx buffer len
- net: stmmac: ignore the second clock input, current clock framework
does not handle exclusive clock use well, other drivers
may reconfigure the second clock
Misc:
- ppp: change PPPIOCUNBRIDGECHAN ioctl request number to follow
existing scheme
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=N4/x
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'net-5.11-rc3' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net
Pull networking fixes from Jakub Kicinski:
"Networking fixes, including fixes from netfilter, wireless and bpf
trees.
Current release - regressions:
- mt76: fix NULL pointer dereference in mt76u_status_worker and
mt76s_process_tx_queue
- net: ipa: fix interconnect enable bug
Current release - always broken:
- netfilter: fixes possible oops in mtype_resize in ipset
- ath11k: fix number of coding issues found by static analysis tools
and spurious error messages
Previous releases - regressions:
- e1000e: re-enable s0ix power saving flows for systems with the
Intel i219-LM Ethernet controllers to fix power use regression
- virtio_net: fix recursive call to cpus_read_lock() to avoid a
deadlock
- ipv4: ignore ECN bits for fib lookups in fib_compute_spec_dst()
- sysfs: take the rtnl lock around XPS configuration
- xsk: fix memory leak for failed bind and rollback reservation at
NETDEV_TX_BUSY
- r8169: work around power-saving bug on some chip versions
Previous releases - always broken:
- dcb: validate netlink message in DCB handler
- tun: fix return value when the number of iovs exceeds MAX_SKB_FRAGS
to prevent unnecessary retries
- vhost_net: fix ubuf refcount when sendmsg fails
- bpf: save correct stopping point in file seq iteration
- ncsi: use real net-device for response handler
- neighbor: fix div by zero caused by a data race (TOCTOU)
- bareudp: fix use of incorrect min_headroom size and a false
positive lockdep splat from the TX lock
- mvpp2:
- clear force link UP during port init procedure in case
bootloader had set it
- add TCAM entry to drop flow control pause frames
- fix PPPoE with ipv6 packet parsing
- fix GoP Networking Complex Control config of port 3
- fix pkt coalescing IRQ-threshold configuration
- xsk: fix race in SKB mode transmit with shared cq
- ionic: account for vlan tag len in rx buffer len
- stmmac: ignore the second clock input, current clock framework does
not handle exclusive clock use well, other drivers may reconfigure
the second clock
Misc:
- ppp: change PPPIOCUNBRIDGECHAN ioctl request number to follow
existing scheme"
* tag 'net-5.11-rc3' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (99 commits)
net: dsa: lantiq_gswip: Fix GSWIP_MII_CFG(p) register access
net: dsa: lantiq_gswip: Enable GSWIP_MII_CFG_EN also for internal PHYs
net: lapb: Decrease the refcount of "struct lapb_cb" in lapb_device_event
r8169: work around power-saving bug on some chip versions
net: usb: qmi_wwan: add Quectel EM160R-GL
selftests: mlxsw: Set headroom size of correct port
net: macb: Correct usage of MACB_CAPS_CLK_HW_CHG flag
ibmvnic: fix: NULL pointer dereference.
docs: networking: packet_mmap: fix old config reference
docs: networking: packet_mmap: fix formatting for C macros
vhost_net: fix ubuf refcount incorrectly when sendmsg fails
bareudp: Fix use of incorrect min_headroom size
bareudp: set NETIF_F_LLTX flag
net: hdlc_ppp: Fix issues when mod_timer is called while timer is running
atlantic: remove architecture depends
erspan: fix version 1 check in gre_parse_header()
net: hns: fix return value check in __lb_other_process()
net: sched: prevent invalid Scell_log shift count
net: neighbor: fix a crash caused by mod zero
ipv4: Ignore ECN bits for fib lookups in fib_compute_spec_dst()
...
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2020-12-28
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
There is a small merge conflict between bpf tree commit 69ca310f34
("bpf: Save correct stopping point in file seq iteration") and net tree
commit 66ed594409 ("bpf/task_iter: In task_file_seq_get_next use
task_lookup_next_fd_rcu"). The get_files_struct() does not exist anymore
in net, so take the hunk in HEAD and add the `info->tid = curr_tid` to
the error path:
[...]
curr_task = task_seq_get_next(ns, &curr_tid, true);
if (!curr_task) {
info->task = NULL;
info->tid = curr_tid;
return NULL;
}
/* set info->task and info->tid */
[...]
We've added 10 non-merge commits during the last 9 day(s) which contain
a total of 11 files changed, 75 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Various AF_XDP fixes such as fill/completion ring leak on failed bind and
fixing a race in skb mode's backpressure mechanism, from Magnus Karlsson.
2) Fix latency spikes on lockdep enabled kernels by adding a rescheduling
point to BPF hashtab initialization, from Eric Dumazet.
3) Fix a splat in task iterator by saving the correct stopping point in the
seq file iteration, from Jonathan Lemon.
4) Fix BPF maps selftest by adding retries in case hashtab returns EBUSY
errors on update/deletes, from Andrii Nakryiko.
5) Fix BPF selftest error reporting to something more user friendly if the
vmlinux BTF cannot be found, from Kamal Mostafa.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check Scell_log shift size in red_check_params() and modify all callers
of red_check_params() to pass Scell_log.
This prevents a shift out-of-bounds as detected by UBSAN:
UBSAN: shift-out-of-bounds in ./include/net/red.h:252:22
shift exponent 72 is too large for 32-bit type 'int'
Fixes: 8afa10cbe2 ("net_sched: red: Avoid illegal values")
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Reported-by: syzbot+97c5bd9cc81eca63d36e@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Cc: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- fix long-standing limitation on open-unlink-fop pattern
- add refcount to p9_fid (fixes the above and will allow for more
cleanups and simplifications in the future)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=DKlc
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag '9p-for-5.11-rc1' of git://github.com/martinetd/linux
Pull 9p update from Dominique Martinet:
- fix long-standing limitation on open-unlink-fop pattern
- add refcount to p9_fid (fixes the above and will allow for more
cleanups and simplifications in the future)
* tag '9p-for-5.11-rc1' of git://github.com/martinetd/linux:
9p: Remove unnecessary IS_ERR() check
9p: Uninitialized variable in v9fs_writeback_fid()
9p: Fix writeback fid incorrectly being attached to dentry
9p: apply review requests for fid refcounting
9p: add refcount to p9_fid struct
fs/9p: search open fids first
fs/9p: track open fids
fs/9p: fix create-unlink-getattr idiom
Fix a race when multiple sockets are simultaneously calling sendto()
when the completion ring is shared in the SKB case. This is the case
when you share the same netdev and queue id through the
XDP_SHARED_UMEM bind flag. The problem is that multiple processes can
be in xsk_generic_xmit() and call the backpressure mechanism in
xskq_prod_reserve(xs->pool->cq). As this is a shared resource in this
specific scenario, a race might occur since the rings are
single-producer single-consumer.
Fix this by moving the tx_completion_lock from the socket to the pool
as the pool is shared between the sockets that share the completion
ring. (The pool is not shared when this is not the case.) And then
protect the accesses to xskq_prod_reserve() with this lock. The
tx_completion_lock is renamed cq_lock to better reflect that it
protects accesses to the potentially shared completion ring.
Fixes: 35fcde7f8d ("xsk: support for Tx")
Reported-by: Xuan Zhuo <xuanzhuo@linux.alibaba.com>
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201218134525.13119-2-magnus.karlsson@gmail.com
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQJIBAABCAAyFiEES0KozwfymdVUl37v6iDy2pc3iXMFAl/YBtEUHHBhdWxAcGF1
bC1tb29yZS5jb20ACgkQ6iDy2pc3iXNnwA/9Ek8DG/1t8CEoJxpoRvwovQxNo+bi
0rCT9vqvx9PeCwoZi/0Vp6oKmpE1HADvbeB/+e00VrbLYnzE3oRY6VkpjoZRofKS
vc0/MzHSFxFUR1OTHwCefcXlPLK+bfitQbX5jEMeVyQCXNXXIrN7CnJf1LmCeLTR
kQBPlEN9lt7HyNVAi34FhOD/TQbWnFHgl2z5puffgri6cWnc+TALKMYytUZ+rYex
NYndDJW5b3g5kTat2eErn0FruxfzloGs0xMIiWb+z2i9kl41D+dkKPdAN7idqCSC
Jv0nJP/bDftzA0wOe9szmGaLQzu7YnCN5kiWcSspatZVnon42Cy/tp9tiuPGLRFU
XtelDfpyX6o3CLN0tX7LQEO+GYxPzvM6iaR2OrsChWPozUIIR3TLQg7jJN4bvNKl
TR6gCGZCoAeS5JLNGjzVKxT/oKQY+tCLLlYXQdQY6swNFi3EKmPr+K1D9lgm98fO
f3d1QmWiZZNmtxxoVogT0qoQYjkfgpnm3dVx813Vt+lwHlVpHGMEPpO27iD3/RYb
w2yWOJaGKwMD8iL0l+Cm6CPW0/nE5FFISQjWgC8b4Vgxlyan6+L9eViqGICkrUQ2
Edo0i1YFFZ4utHYkDf1VYBbJ+36KyCtdktgLAcbgnePiPB3E1XBsXTIIStSUIbVQ
iEbTkBlsCG4GIeU=
=6Cqb
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'selinux-pr-20201214' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pcmoore/selinux
Pull selinux updates from Paul Moore:
"While we have a small number of SELinux patches for v5.11, there are a
few changes worth highlighting:
- Change the LSM network hooks to pass flowi_common structs instead
of the parent flowi struct as the LSMs do not currently need the
full flowi struct and they do not have enough information to use it
safely (missing information on the address family).
This patch was discussed both with Herbert Xu (representing team
netdev) and James Morris (representing team
LSMs-other-than-SELinux).
- Fix how we handle errors in inode_doinit_with_dentry() so that we
attempt to properly label the inode on following lookups instead of
continuing to treat it as unlabeled.
- Tweak the kernel logic around allowx, auditallowx, and dontauditx
SELinux policy statements such that the auditx/dontauditx are
effective even without the allowx statement.
Everything passes our test suite"
* tag 'selinux-pr-20201214' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pcmoore/selinux:
lsm,selinux: pass flowi_common instead of flowi to the LSM hooks
selinux: Fix fall-through warnings for Clang
selinux: drop super_block backpointer from superblock_security_struct
selinux: fix inode_doinit_with_dentry() LABEL_INVALID error handling
selinux: allow dontauditx and auditallowx rules to take effect without allowx
selinux: fix error initialization in inode_doinit_with_dentry()
Core:
- support "prefer busy polling" NAPI operation mode, where we defer softirq
for some time expecting applications to periodically busy poll
- AF_XDP: improve efficiency by more batching and hindering
the adjacency cache prefetcher
- af_packet: make packet_fanout.arr size configurable up to 64K
- tcp: optimize TCP zero copy receive in presence of partial or unaligned
reads making zero copy a performance win for much smaller messages
- XDP: add bulk APIs for returning / freeing frames
- sched: support fragmenting IP packets as they come out of conntrack
- net: allow virtual netdevs to forward UDP L4 and fraglist GSO skbs
BPF:
- BPF switch from crude rlimit-based to memcg-based memory accounting
- BPF type format information for kernel modules and related tracing
enhancements
- BPF implement task local storage for BPF LSM
- allow the FENTRY/FEXIT/RAW_TP tracing programs to use bpf_sk_storage
Protocols:
- mptcp: improve multiple xmit streams support, memory accounting and
many smaller improvements
- TLS: support CHACHA20-POLY1305 cipher
- seg6: add support for SRv6 End.DT4/DT6 behavior
- sctp: Implement RFC 6951: UDP Encapsulation of SCTP
- ppp_generic: add ability to bridge channels directly
- bridge: Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) support as is defined in
IEEE 802.1Q section 12.14.
Drivers:
- mlx5: make use of the new auxiliary bus to organize the driver internals
- mlx5: more accurate port TX timestamping support
- mlxsw:
- improve the efficiency of offloaded next hop updates by using
the new nexthop object API
- support blackhole nexthops
- support IEEE 802.1ad (Q-in-Q) bridging
- rtw88: major bluetooth co-existance improvements
- iwlwifi: support new 6 GHz frequency band
- ath11k: Fast Initial Link Setup (FILS)
- mt7915: dual band concurrent (DBDC) support
- net: ipa: add basic support for IPA v4.5
Refactor:
- a few pieces of in_interrupt() cleanup work from Sebastian Andrzej Siewior
- phy: add support for shared interrupts; get rid of multiple driver
APIs and have the drivers write a full IRQ handler, slight growth
of driver code should be compensated by the simpler API which
also allows shared IRQs
- add common code for handling netdev per-cpu counters
- move TX packet re-allocation from Ethernet switch tag drivers to
a central place
- improve efficiency and rename nla_strlcpy
- number of W=1 warning cleanups as we now catch those in a patchwork
build bot
Old code removal:
- wan: delete the DLCI / SDLA drivers
- wimax: move to staging
- wifi: remove old WDS wifi bridging support
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=GXs1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'net-next-5.11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net-next
Pull networking updates from Jakub Kicinski:
"Core:
- support "prefer busy polling" NAPI operation mode, where we defer
softirq for some time expecting applications to periodically busy
poll
- AF_XDP: improve efficiency by more batching and hindering the
adjacency cache prefetcher
- af_packet: make packet_fanout.arr size configurable up to 64K
- tcp: optimize TCP zero copy receive in presence of partial or
unaligned reads making zero copy a performance win for much smaller
messages
- XDP: add bulk APIs for returning / freeing frames
- sched: support fragmenting IP packets as they come out of conntrack
- net: allow virtual netdevs to forward UDP L4 and fraglist GSO skbs
BPF:
- BPF switch from crude rlimit-based to memcg-based memory accounting
- BPF type format information for kernel modules and related tracing
enhancements
- BPF implement task local storage for BPF LSM
- allow the FENTRY/FEXIT/RAW_TP tracing programs to use
bpf_sk_storage
Protocols:
- mptcp: improve multiple xmit streams support, memory accounting and
many smaller improvements
- TLS: support CHACHA20-POLY1305 cipher
- seg6: add support for SRv6 End.DT4/DT6 behavior
- sctp: Implement RFC 6951: UDP Encapsulation of SCTP
- ppp_generic: add ability to bridge channels directly
- bridge: Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) support as is defined
in IEEE 802.1Q section 12.14.
Drivers:
- mlx5: make use of the new auxiliary bus to organize the driver
internals
- mlx5: more accurate port TX timestamping support
- mlxsw:
- improve the efficiency of offloaded next hop updates by using
the new nexthop object API
- support blackhole nexthops
- support IEEE 802.1ad (Q-in-Q) bridging
- rtw88: major bluetooth co-existance improvements
- iwlwifi: support new 6 GHz frequency band
- ath11k: Fast Initial Link Setup (FILS)
- mt7915: dual band concurrent (DBDC) support
- net: ipa: add basic support for IPA v4.5
Refactor:
- a few pieces of in_interrupt() cleanup work from Sebastian Andrzej
Siewior
- phy: add support for shared interrupts; get rid of multiple driver
APIs and have the drivers write a full IRQ handler, slight growth
of driver code should be compensated by the simpler API which also
allows shared IRQs
- add common code for handling netdev per-cpu counters
- move TX packet re-allocation from Ethernet switch tag drivers to a
central place
- improve efficiency and rename nla_strlcpy
- number of W=1 warning cleanups as we now catch those in a patchwork
build bot
Old code removal:
- wan: delete the DLCI / SDLA drivers
- wimax: move to staging
- wifi: remove old WDS wifi bridging support"
* tag 'net-next-5.11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net-next: (1922 commits)
net: hns3: fix expression that is currently always true
net: fix proc_fs init handling in af_packet and tls
nfc: pn533: convert comma to semicolon
af_vsock: Assign the vsock transport considering the vsock address flags
af_vsock: Set VMADDR_FLAG_TO_HOST flag on the receive path
vsock_addr: Check for supported flag values
vm_sockets: Add VMADDR_FLAG_TO_HOST vsock flag
vm_sockets: Add flags field in the vsock address data structure
net: Disable NETIF_F_HW_TLS_TX when HW_CSUM is disabled
tcp: Add logic to check for SYN w/ data in tcp_simple_retransmit
net: mscc: ocelot: install MAC addresses in .ndo_set_rx_mode from process context
nfc: s3fwrn5: Release the nfc firmware
net: vxget: clean up sparse warnings
mlxsw: spectrum_router: Use eXtended mezzanine to offload IPv4 router
mlxsw: spectrum: Set KVH XLT cache mode for Spectrum2/3
mlxsw: spectrum_router_xm: Introduce basic XM cache flushing
mlxsw: reg: Add Router LPM Cache Enable Register
mlxsw: reg: Add Router LPM Cache ML Delete Register
mlxsw: spectrum_router_xm: Implement L-value tracking for M-index
mlxsw: reg: Add XM Router M Table Register
...
Jakub pointed out that the IP_ECN_set* helpers basically open-code
csum16_add(), so let's switch them over to using the helper instead.
v2:
- Use __be16 for check_add stack variable in IP_ECN_set_ce() (kbot)
v3:
- Turns out we need __force casts to do arithmetic on __be16 types
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Jonathan Morton <chromatix99@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Pete Heist <pete@heistp.net>
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201211142638.154780-1-toke@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
For each TCP zero window probe, the icsk_backoff is increased by one and
its max value is tcp_retries2. If tcp_retries2 is greater than 63, the
probe0 timeout shift may exceed its max bits. On x86_64/ARMv8/MIPS, the
shift count would be masked to range 0 to 63. And on ARMv7 the result is
zero. If the shift count is masked, only several probes will be sent
with timeout shorter than TCP_RTO_MAX. But if the timeout is zero, it
needs tcp_retries2 times probes to end this false timeout. Besides,
bitwise shift greater than or equal to the width is an undefined
behavior.
This patch adds a limit to the backoff. The max value of max_when is
TCP_RTO_MAX and the min value of timeout base is TCP_RTO_MIN. The limit
is the backoff from TCP_RTO_MIN to TCP_RTO_MAX.
Signed-off-by: Cambda Zhu <cambda@linux.alibaba.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201208091910.37618-1-cambda@linux.alibaba.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Because TCP-level resets only affect the subflow, there is a MPTCP
option to indicate that the MPTCP-level connection should be closed
immediately without a mptcp-level fin exchange.
This is the 'MPTCP fast close option'. It can be carried on ack
segments or TCP resets. In the latter case, its needed to parse mptcp
options also for reset packets so that MPTCP can act accordingly.
Next patch will add receive side fastclose support in MPTCP.
Acked-by: Matthieu Baerts <matthieu.baerts@tessares.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
RCU:
- Avoid cpuinfo-induced IPI pileups and idle-CPU IPIs.
- Lockdep-RCU updates reducing the need for __maybe_unused.
- Tasks-RCU updates.
- Miscellaneous fixes.
- Documentation updates.
- Torture-test updates.
KCSAN:
- updates for selftests, avoiding setting watchpoints on NULL pointers
- fix to watchpoint encoding
LKMM:
- updates for documentation along with some updates to example-code
litmus tests
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=N/iO
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'core-rcu-2020-12-14' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip
Pull RCU updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"RCU, LKMM and KCSAN updates collected by Paul McKenney.
RCU:
- Avoid cpuinfo-induced IPI pileups and idle-CPU IPIs
- Lockdep-RCU updates reducing the need for __maybe_unused
- Tasks-RCU updates
- Miscellaneous fixes
- Documentation updates
- Torture-test updates
KCSAN:
- updates for selftests, avoiding setting watchpoints on NULL pointers
- fix to watchpoint encoding
LKMM:
- updates for documentation along with some updates to example-code
litmus tests"
* tag 'core-rcu-2020-12-14' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (72 commits)
srcu: Take early exit on memory-allocation failure
rcu/tree: Defer kvfree_rcu() allocation to a clean context
rcu: Do not report strict GPs for outgoing CPUs
rcu: Fix a typo in rcu_blocking_is_gp() header comment
rcu: Prevent lockdep-RCU splats on lock acquisition/release
rcu/tree: nocb: Avoid raising softirq for offloaded ready-to-execute CBs
rcu,ftrace: Fix ftrace recursion
rcu/tree: Make struct kernel_param_ops definitions const
rcu/tree: Add a warning if CPU being onlined did not report QS already
rcu: Clarify nocb kthreads naming in RCU_NOCB_CPU config
rcu: Fix single-CPU check in rcu_blocking_is_gp()
rcu: Implement rcu_segcblist_is_offloaded() config dependent
list.h: Update comment to explicitly note circular lists
rcu: Panic after fixed number of stalls
x86/smpboot: Move rcu_cpu_starting() earlier
rcu: Allow rcu_irq_enter_check_tick() from NMI
tools/memory-model: Label MP tests' producers and consumers
tools/memory-model: Use "buf" and "flag" for message-passing tests
tools/memory-model: Add types to litmus tests
tools/memory-model: Add a glossary of LKMM terms
...
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iHUEABYKAB0WIQRAhzRXHqcMeLMyaSiRxhvAZXjcogUCX9daOgAKCRCRxhvAZXjc
ohPkAQChXUB2BAjtIzXlCkZoDBbzHHblm5DZ37oy/4xYFmAcEwEA5sw6dQqyGHnF
GEP9def51HvXLpBV2BzNUGggo1SoGgQ=
=w/cO
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'fixes-v5.11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/brauner/linux
Pull misc fixes from Christian Brauner:
"This contains several fixes which felt worth being combined into a
single branch:
- Use put_nsproxy() instead of open-coding it switch_task_namespaces()
- Kirill's work to unify lifecycle management for all namespaces. The
lifetime counters are used identically for all namespaces types.
Namespaces may of course have additional unrelated counters and
these are not altered. This work allows us to unify the type of the
counters and reduces maintenance cost by moving the counter in one
place and indicating that basic lifetime management is identical
for all namespaces.
- Peilin's fix adding three byte padding to Dmitry's
PTRACE_GET_SYSCALL_INFO uapi struct to prevent an info leak.
- Two smal patches to convert from the /* fall through */ comment
annotation to the fallthrough keyword annotation which I had taken
into my branch and into -next before df561f6688 ("treewide: Use
fallthrough pseudo-keyword") made it upstream which fixed this
tree-wide.
Since I didn't want to invalidate all testing for other commits I
didn't rebase and kept them"
* tag 'fixes-v5.11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/brauner/linux:
nsproxy: use put_nsproxy() in switch_task_namespaces()
sys: Convert to the new fallthrough notation
signal: Convert to the new fallthrough notation
time: Use generic ns_common::count
cgroup: Use generic ns_common::count
mnt: Use generic ns_common::count
user: Use generic ns_common::count
pid: Use generic ns_common::count
ipc: Use generic ns_common::count
uts: Use generic ns_common::count
net: Use generic ns_common::count
ns: Add a common refcount into ns_common
ptrace: Prevent kernel-infoleak in ptrace_get_syscall_info()
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
1) Missing dependencies in NFT_BRIDGE_REJECT, from Randy Dunlap.
2) Use atomic_inc_return() instead of atomic_add_return() in IPVS,
from Yejune Deng.
3) Simplify check for overquota in xt_nfacct, from Kaixu Xia.
4) Move nfnl_acct_list away from struct net, from Miao Wang.
5) Pass actual sk in reject actions, from Jan Engelhardt.
6) Add timeout and protoinfo to ctnetlink destroy events,
from Florian Westphal.
7) Four patches to generalize set infrastructure to support
for multiple expressions per set element.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf-next:
netfilter: nftables: netlink support for several set element expressions
netfilter: nftables: generalize set extension to support for several expressions
netfilter: nftables: move nft_expr before nft_set
netfilter: nftables: generalize set expressions support
netfilter: ctnetlink: add timeout and protoinfo to destroy events
netfilter: use actual socket sk for REJECT action
netfilter: nfnl_acct: remove data from struct net
netfilter: Remove unnecessary conversion to bool
ipvs: replace atomic_add_return()
netfilter: nft_reject_bridge: fix build errors due to code movement
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201212230513.3465-1-pablo@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
On a few of our systems, I found frequent 'unshare(CLONE_NEWNET)' calls
make the number of active slab objects including 'sock_inode_cache' type
rapidly and continuously increase. As a result, memory pressure occurs.
In more detail, I made an artificial reproducer that resembles the
workload that we found the problem and reproduce the problem faster. It
merely repeats 'unshare(CLONE_NEWNET)' 50,000 times in a loop. It takes
about 2 minutes. On 40 CPU cores / 70GB DRAM machine, the available
memory continuously reduced in a fast speed (about 120MB per second,
15GB in total within the 2 minutes). Note that the issue don't
reproduce on every machine. On my 6 CPU cores machine, the problem
didn't reproduce.
'cleanup_net()' and 'fqdir_work_fn()' are functions that deallocate the
relevant memory objects. They are asynchronously invoked by the work
queues and internally use 'rcu_barrier()' to ensure safe destructions.
'cleanup_net()' works in a batched maneer in a single thread worker,
while 'fqdir_work_fn()' works for each 'fqdir_exit()' call in the
'system_wq'. Therefore, 'fqdir_work_fn()' called frequently under the
workload and made the contention for 'rcu_barrier()' high. In more
detail, the global mutex, 'rcu_state.barrier_mutex' became the
bottleneck.
This commit avoids such contention by doing the 'rcu_barrier()' and
subsequent lightweight works in a batched manner, as similar to that of
'cleanup_net()'. The fqdir hashtable destruction, which is done before
the 'rcu_barrier()', is still allowed to run in parallel for fast
processing, but this commit makes it to use a dedicated work queue
instead of the 'system_wq', to make sure that the number of threads is
bounded.
Signed-off-by: SeongJae Park <sjpark@amazon.de>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201211112405.31158-1-sjpark@amazon.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch replaces NFT_SET_EXPR by NFT_SET_EXT_EXPRESSIONS. This new
extension allows to attach several expressions to one set element (not
only one single expression as NFT_SET_EXPR provides). This patch
prepares for support for several expressions per set element in the
netlink userspace API.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* validate key indices for key deletion
* more preamble support in mac80211
* various 6 GHz scan fixes/improvements
* a common SAR power limitations API
* various small fixes & code improvements
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=+qd6
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-net-next-2020-12-11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
A new set of wireless changes:
* validate key indices for key deletion
* more preamble support in mac80211
* various 6 GHz scan fixes/improvements
* a common SAR power limitations API
* various small fixes & code improvements
* tag 'mac80211-next-for-net-next-2020-12-11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next: (35 commits)
mac80211: add ieee80211_set_sar_specs
nl80211: add common API to configure SAR power limitations
mac80211: fix a mistake check for rx_stats update
mac80211: mlme: save ssid info to ieee80211_bss_conf while assoc
mac80211: Update rate control on channel change
mac80211: don't filter out beacons once we start CSA
mac80211: Fix calculation of minimal channel width
mac80211: ignore country element TX power on 6 GHz
mac80211: use bitfield helpers for BA session action frames
mac80211: support Rx timestamp calculation for all preamble types
mac80211: don't set set TDLS STA bandwidth wider than possible
mac80211: support driver-based disconnect with reconnect hint
cfg80211: support immediate reconnect request hint
mac80211: use struct assignment for he_obss_pd
cfg80211: remove struct ieee80211_he_bss_color
nl80211: validate key indexes for cfg80211_registered_device
cfg80211: include block-tx flag in channel switch started event
mac80211: disallow band-switch during CSA
ieee80211: update reduced neighbor report TBTT info length
cfg80211: Save the regulatory domain when setting custom regulatory
...
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201211142552.209018-1-johannes@sipsolutions.net
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Move the nft_expr structure definition before nft_set. Expressions are
used by rules and sets, remove unnecessary forward declarations. This
comes as preparation to support for multiple expressions per set element.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently, the set infrastucture allows for one single expressions per
element. This patch extends the existing infrastructure to allow for up
to two expressions. This is not updating the netlink API yet, this is
coming as an initial preparation patch.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
DESTROY events do not include the remaining timeout.
Add the timeout if the entry was removed explicitly. This can happen
when a conntrack gets deleted prematurely, e.g. due to a tcp reset,
module removal, netdev notifier (nat/masquerade device went down),
ctnetlink and so on.
Add the protocol state too for the destroy message to check for abnormal
state on connection termination.
Joint work with Pablo.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
xdp_return_frame_bulk() needs to pass a xdp_buff
to __xdp_return().
strlcpy got converted to strscpy but here it makes no
functional difference, so just keep the right code.
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/nf_tables_api.c
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This change registers ieee80211_set_sar_specs to
mac80211_config_ops, so cfg80211 can call it.
Signed-off-by: Carl Huang <cjhuang@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Abhishek Kumar <kuabhs@chromium.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201203103728.3034-3-cjhuang@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS is added to configure SAR from
user space. NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC is used to pass the SAR
power specification when used with NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS.
Wireless driver needs to register SAR type, supported frequency
ranges to wiphy, so user space can query it. The index in
frequency range is used to specify which sub band the power
limitation applies to. The SAR type is for compatibility, so later
other SAR mechanism can be implemented without breaking the user
space SAR applications.
Normal process is user space queries the SAR capability, and
gets the index of supported frequency ranges and associates the
power limitation with this index and sends to kernel.
Here is an example of message send to kernel:
8c 00 00 00 08 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 38 00 2b 81
08 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 2c 00 02 80 14 00 00 80
08 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 08 00 01 00 38 00 00 00
14 00 01 80 08 00 02 00 01 00 00 00 08 00 01 00
48 00 00 00
NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: 0x8c
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: 0x01(phy idx is 0)
NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: 0x812b (NLA_NESTED)
NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: 0x00 (NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER)
NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: 0x8002 (NLA_NESTED)
freq range 0 power: 0x38 in 0.25dbm unit (14dbm)
freq range 1 power: 0x48 in 0.25dbm unit (18dbm)
Signed-off-by: Carl Huang <cjhuang@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Abhishek Kumar <kuabhs@chromium.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201203103728.3034-2-cjhuang@codeaurora.org
[minor edits, NLA parse cleanups]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We don't really use this struct, we're now using
struct cfg80211_he_bss_color instead.
Change the one place in mac80211 that's using the old
name to use struct assignment instead of memcpy() and
thus remove the wrong sizeof while at it.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20201206145305.f6698d97ae4e.Iba2dffcb79c4ab80bde7407609806010b55edfdf@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support the driver incrementing MIC error and replay detected
counters when having detected a bad frame, if it drops it directly
instead of relying on mac80211 to do the checks.
These are then exposed to userspace, though currently only in some
cases and in debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20201129172929.fb59be9c6de8.Ife2260887366f585afadd78c983ebea93d2bb54b@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2020-12-10
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
We've added 21 non-merge commits during the last 12 day(s) which contain
a total of 21 files changed, 163 insertions(+), 88 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Fix propagation of 32-bit signed bounds from 64-bit bounds, from Alexei.
2) Fix ring_buffer__poll() return value, from Andrii.
3) Fix race in lwt_bpf, from Cong.
4) Fix test_offload, from Toke.
5) Various xsk fixes.
Please consider pulling these changes from:
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bpf/bpf.git
Thanks a lot!
Also thanks to reporters, reviewers and testers of commits in this pull-request:
Cong Wang, Hulk Robot, Jakub Kicinski, Jean-Philippe Brucker, John
Fastabend, Magnus Karlsson, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Yonghong Song
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In rfc8684, the length of ADD_ADDR suboption with IPv4 address and port
is 18 octets, but mptcp_write_options is 32-bit aligned, so we need to
pad it to 20 octets. All the other port related option lengths need to
be added up 2 octets similarly.
This patch added a new field 'port' in mptcp_out_options. When this
field is set with a port number, we need to add up 4 octets for the
ADD_ADDR suboption, and put the port number into the suboption.
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for net:
1) Switch to RCU in x_tables to fix possible NULL pointer dereference,
from Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan.
2) Fix netlink dump of dynset timeouts later than 23 days.
3) Add comment for the indirect serialization of the nft commit mutex
with rtnl_mutex.
4) Remove bogus check for confirmed conntrack when matching on the
conntrack ID, from Brett Mastbergen.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 7f0a838254 ("bpf, xdp: Maintain info on attached XDP BPF
programs in net_device"), the XDP program attachment info is now maintained
in the core code. This interacts badly with the xdp_attachment_flags_ok()
check that prevents unloading an XDP program with different load flags than
it was loaded with. In practice, two kinds of failures are seen:
- An XDP program loaded without specifying a mode (and which then ends up
in driver mode) cannot be unloaded if the program mode is specified on
unload.
- The dev_xdp_uninstall() hook always calls the driver callback with the
mode set to the type of the program but an empty flags argument, which
means the flags_ok() check prevents the program from being removed,
leading to bpf prog reference leaks.
The original reason this check was added was to avoid ambiguity when
multiple programs were loaded. With the way the checks are done in the core
now, this is quite simple to enforce in the core code, so let's add a check
there and get rid of the xdp_attachment_flags_ok() callback entirely.
Fixes: 7f0a838254 ("bpf, xdp: Maintain info on attached XDP BPF programs in net_device")
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/160752225751.110217.10267659521308669050.stgit@toke.dk
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2020-12-07
Here's the main bluetooth-next pull request for the 5.11 kernel.
- Updated Bluetooth entries in MAINTAINERS to include Luiz von Dentz
- Added support for Realtek 8822CE and 8852A devices
- Added support for MediaTek MT7615E device
- Improved workarounds for fake CSR devices
- Fix Bluetooth qualification test case L2CAP/COS/CFD/BV-14-C
- Fixes for LL Privacy support
- Enforce 16 byte encryption key size for FIPS security level
- Added new mgmt commands for extended advertising support
- Multiple other smaller fixes & improvements
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use nf_msecs_to_jiffies64 and nf_jiffies64_to_msecs as provided by
8e1102d5a1 ("netfilter: nf_tables: support timeouts larger than 23
days"), otherwise ruleset listing breaks.
Fixes: a8b1e36d0d ("netfilter: nft_dynset: fix element timeout for HZ != 1000")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Don't try to adjust XFRM support flags if the bond device isn't yet
registered. Bad things can currently happen when netdev_change_features()
is called without having wanted_features fully filled in yet. This code
runs both on post-module-load mode changes, as well as at module init
time, and when run at module init time, it is before register_netdevice()
has been called and filled in wanted_features. The empty wanted_features
led to features also getting emptied out, which was definitely not the
intended behavior, so prevent that from happening.
Originally, I'd hoped to stop adjusting wanted_features at all in the
bonding driver, as it's documented as being something only the network
core should touch, but we actually do need to do this to properly update
both the features and wanted_features fields when changing the bond type,
or we get to a situation where ethtool sees:
esp-hw-offload: off [requested on]
I do think we should be using netdev_update_features instead of
netdev_change_features here though, so we only send notifiers when the
features actually changed.
Fixes: a3b658cfb6 ("bonding: allow xfrm offload setup post-module-load")
Reported-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Suggested-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Cc: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
Cc: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201205172229.576587-1-jarod@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
For advertising, we wish to know the LE tx power capabilities of the
controller in userspace, so this patch edits the Security Info MGMT
command to be more generic, such that other various controller
capabilities can be included in the EIR data. This change also includes
the LE min and max tx power into this newly-named command.
The change was tested by manually verifying that the MGMT command
returns the tx power range as expected in userspace.
Reviewed-by: Sonny Sasaka <sonnysasaka@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Winkler <danielwinkler@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Queries tx power via HCI_LE_Read_Transmit_Power command when the hci
device is initialized, and stores resulting min/max LE power in hdev
struct. If command isn't available (< BT5 support), min/max values
both default to HCI_TX_POWER_INVALID.
This patch is manually verified by ensuring BT5 devices correctly query
and receive controller tx power range.
Reviewed-by: Sonny Sasaka <sonnysasaka@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Winkler <danielwinkler@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch takes the min/max intervals and tx power optionally provided
in mgmt interface, stores them in the advertisement struct, and uses
them when configuring the hci requests. While tx power is not used if
extended advertising is unavailable, software rotation will use the min
and max advertising intervals specified by the client.
This change is validated manually by ensuring the min/max intervals are
propagated to the controller on both hatch (extended advertising) and
kukui (no extended advertising) chromebooks, and that tx power is
propagated correctly on hatch. These tests are performed with multiple
advertisements simultaneously.
Reviewed-by: Sonny Sasaka <sonnysasaka@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Winkler <danielwinkler@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds support for the new advertising add interface, with the
first command setting advertising parameters and the second to set
advertising data. The set parameters command allows the caller to leave
some fields "unset", with a params bitfield defining which params were
purposefully set. Unset parameters will be given defaults when calling
hci_add_adv_instance. The data passed to the param mgmt command is
allowed to be flexible, so in the future if bluetoothd passes a larger
structure with new params, the mgmt command will ignore the unknown
members at the end.
This change has been validated on both hatch (extended advertising) and
kukui (no extended advertising) chromebooks running bluetoothd that
support this new interface. I ran the following manual tests:
- Set several (3) advertisements using modified test_advertisement.py
- For each, validate correct data and parameters in btmon trace
- Verified both for software rotation and extended adv
Automatic test suite also run, testing many (25) scenarios of single and
multi-advertising for data/parameter correctness.
Reviewed-by: Sonny Sasaka <sonnysasaka@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Winkler <danielwinkler@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
We wish to handle advertising data separately from advertising
parameters in our new MGMT requests. This change adds a helper that
allows the advertising data and scan response to be updated for an
existing advertising instance.
Reviewed-by: Sonny Sasaka <sonnysasaka@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Winkler <danielwinkler@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch add a configurable parameter to switch off the interleave
scan feature.
Signed-off-by: Howard Chung <howardchung@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Alain Michaud <alainm@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch implements the interleaving between allowlist scan and
no-filter scan. It'll be used to save power when at least one monitor is
registered and at least one pending connection or one device to be
scanned for.
The durations of the allowlist scan and the no-filter scan are
controlled by MGMT command: Set Default System Configuration. The
default values are set randomly for now.
Signed-off-by: Howard Chung <howardchung@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Alain Michaud <alainm@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Manish Mandlik <mmandlik@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
implement the NCI 2.x initial sequence to support NCI 2.x NFCC.
Since NCI 2.0, CORE_RESET and CORE_INIT sequence have been changed.
If NFCEE supports NCI 2.x, then NCI 2.x initial sequence will work.
In NCI 1.0, Initial sequence and payloads are as below:
(DH) (NFCC)
| -- CORE_RESET_CMD --> |
| <-- CORE_RESET_RSP -- |
| -- CORE_INIT_CMD --> |
| <-- CORE_INIT_RSP -- |
CORE_RESET_RSP payloads are Status, NCI version, Configuration Status.
CORE_INIT_CMD payloads are empty.
CORE_INIT_RSP payloads are Status, NFCC Features,
Number of Supported RF Interfaces, Supported RF Interface,
Max Logical Connections, Max Routing table Size,
Max Control Packet Payload Size, Max Size for Large Parameters,
Manufacturer ID, Manufacturer Specific Information.
In NCI 2.0, Initial Sequence and Parameters are as below:
(DH) (NFCC)
| -- CORE_RESET_CMD --> |
| <-- CORE_RESET_RSP -- |
| <-- CORE_RESET_NTF -- |
| -- CORE_INIT_CMD --> |
| <-- CORE_INIT_RSP -- |
CORE_RESET_RSP payloads are Status.
CORE_RESET_NTF payloads are Reset Trigger,
Configuration Status, NCI Version, Manufacturer ID,
Manufacturer Specific Information Length,
Manufacturer Specific Information.
CORE_INIT_CMD payloads are Feature1, Feature2.
CORE_INIT_RSP payloads are Status, NFCC Features,
Max Logical Connections, Max Routing Table Size,
Max Control Packet Payload Size,
Max Data Packet Payload Size of the Static HCI Connection,
Number of Credits of the Static HCI Connection,
Max NFC-V RF Frame Size, Number of Supported RF Interfaces,
Supported RF Interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Bongsu Jeon <bongsu.jeon@samsung.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201202223147.3472-1-bongsu.jeon@samsung.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-12-03
The main changes are:
1) Support BTF in kernel modules, from Andrii.
2) Introduce preferred busy-polling, from Björn.
3) bpf_ima_inode_hash() and bpf_bprm_opts_set() helpers, from KP Singh.
4) Memcg-based memory accounting for bpf objects, from Roman.
5) Allow bpf_{s,g}etsockopt from cgroup bind{4,6} hooks, from Stanislav.
* https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bpf/bpf-next: (118 commits)
selftests/bpf: Fix invalid use of strncat in test_sockmap
libbpf: Use memcpy instead of strncpy to please GCC
selftests/bpf: Add fentry/fexit/fmod_ret selftest for kernel module
selftests/bpf: Add tp_btf CO-RE reloc test for modules
libbpf: Support attachment of BPF tracing programs to kernel modules
libbpf: Factor out low-level BPF program loading helper
bpf: Allow to specify kernel module BTFs when attaching BPF programs
bpf: Remove hard-coded btf_vmlinux assumption from BPF verifier
selftests/bpf: Add CO-RE relocs selftest relying on kernel module BTF
selftests/bpf: Add support for marking sub-tests as skipped
selftests/bpf: Add bpf_testmod kernel module for testing
libbpf: Add kernel module BTF support for CO-RE relocations
libbpf: Refactor CO-RE relocs to not assume a single BTF object
libbpf: Add internal helper to load BTF data by FD
bpf: Keep module's btf_data_size intact after load
bpf: Fix bpf_put_raw_tracepoint()'s use of __module_address()
selftests/bpf: Add Userspace tests for TCP_WINDOW_CLAMP
bpf: Adds support for setting window clamp
samples/bpf: Fix spelling mistake "recieving" -> "receiving"
bpf: Fix cold build of test_progs-no_alu32
...
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201204021936.85653-1-alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Adds a new bpf_setsockopt for TCP sockets, TCP_BPF_WINDOW_CLAMP,
which sets the maximum receiver window size. It will be useful for
limiting receiver window based on RTT.
Signed-off-by: Prankur gupta <prankgup@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201202213152.435886-2-prankgup@fb.com
The Multipath-TCP standard (RFC 8684) says that an MPTCP host should send
a TCP reset if the token in a MP_JOIN request is unknown.
At this time we don't do this, the 3whs completes and the 'new subflow'
is reset afterwards. There are two ways to allow MPTCP to send the
reset.
1. override 'send_synack' callback and emit the rst from there.
The drawback is that the request socket gets inserted into the
listeners queue just to get removed again right away.
2. Send the reset from the 'route_req' function instead.
This avoids the 'add&remove request socket', but route_req lacks the
skb that is required to send the TCP reset.
Instead of just adding the skb to that function for MPTCP sake alone,
Paolo suggested to merge init_req and route_req functions.
This saves one indirection from syn processing path and provides the skb
to the merged function at the same time.
'send reset on unknown mptcp join token' is added in next patch.
Suggested-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When adding support for propagating ECT(1) marking in IP headers it seems I
suffered from endianness-confusion in the checksum update calculation: In
fact the ECN field is in the *lower* bits of the first 16-bit word of the
IP header when calculating in network byte order. This means that the
addition performed to update the checksum field was wrong; let's fix that.
Fixes: b723748750 ("tunnel: Propagate ECT(1) when decapsulating as recommended by RFC6040")
Reported-by: Jonathan Morton <chromatix99@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Pete Heist <pete@heistp.net>
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201130183705.17540-1-toke@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Drivers that support bridge offload need to be notified about changes to
the bridge's VLAN protocol so that they could react accordingly and
potentially veto the change.
Add a new switchdev attribute to communicate the change to drivers.
Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Functions tfilter_notify_chain() and tcf_get_next_proto() are always called
with rtnl lock held in current implementation. Moreover, attempting to call
them without rtnl lock would cause a warning down the call chain in
function __tcf_get_next_proto() that requires the lock to be held by
callers. Remove the 'rtnl_held' argument in order to simplify the code and
make rtnl lock requirement explicit.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201127151205.23492-1-vladbu@nvidia.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Stephen reported the following build error for !CONFIG_NET_RX_BUSY_POLL
built kernels:
In file included from fs/select.c:32:
include/net/busy_poll.h: In function 'sk_mark_napi_id_once':
include/net/busy_poll.h:150:36: error: 'const struct sk_buff' has no member named 'napi_id'
150 | __sk_mark_napi_id_once_xdp(sk, skb->napi_id);
| ^~
Fix it by wrapping a CONFIG_NET_RX_BUSY_POLL around the helpers.
Fixes: b02e5a0ebb ("xsk: Propagate napi_id to XDP socket Rx path")
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-next/20201201190746.7d3357fb@canb.auug.org.au
True to the message of commit v5.10-rc1-105-g46d6c5ae953c, _do_
actually make use of state->sk when possible, such as in the REJECT
modules.
Reported-by: Minqiang Chen <ptpt52@gmail.com>
Cc: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@inai.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch removes nfnl_acct_list from struct net to reduce the default
memory footprint for the netns structure.
Signed-off-by: Miao Wang <shankerwangmiao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This allows invoking an additional callback under the
socket spin lock.
Will be used by the next patches to avoid additional
spin lock contention.
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add napi_id to the xdp_rxq_info structure, and make sure the XDP
socket pick up the napi_id in the Rx path. The napi_id is used to find
the corresponding NAPI structure for socket busy polling.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201130185205.196029-7-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
This option lets a user set a per socket NAPI budget for
busy-polling. If the options is not set, it will use the default of 8.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201130185205.196029-3-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
The existing busy-polling mode, enabled by the SO_BUSY_POLL socket
option or system-wide using the /proc/sys/net/core/busy_read knob, is
an opportunistic. That means that if the NAPI context is not
scheduled, it will poll it. If, after busy-polling, the budget is
exceeded the busy-polling logic will schedule the NAPI onto the
regular softirq handling.
One implication of the behavior above is that a busy/heavy loaded NAPI
context will never enter/allow for busy-polling. Some applications
prefer that most NAPI processing would be done by busy-polling.
This series adds a new socket option, SO_PREFER_BUSY_POLL, that works
in concert with the napi_defer_hard_irqs and gro_flush_timeout
knobs. The napi_defer_hard_irqs and gro_flush_timeout knobs were
introduced in commit 6f8b12d661 ("net: napi: add hard irqs deferral
feature"), and allows for a user to defer interrupts to be enabled and
instead schedule the NAPI context from a watchdog timer. When a user
enables the SO_PREFER_BUSY_POLL, again with the other knobs enabled,
and the NAPI context is being processed by a softirq, the softirq NAPI
processing will exit early to allow the busy-polling to be performed.
If the application stops performing busy-polling via a system call,
the watchdog timer defined by gro_flush_timeout will timeout, and
regular softirq handling will resume.
In summary; Heavy traffic applications that prefer busy-polling over
softirq processing should use this option.
Example usage:
$ echo 2 | sudo tee /sys/class/net/ens785f1/napi_defer_hard_irqs
$ echo 200000 | sudo tee /sys/class/net/ens785f1/gro_flush_timeout
Note that the timeout should be larger than the userspace processing
window, otherwise the watchdog will timeout and fall back to regular
softirq processing.
Enable the SO_BUSY_POLL/SO_PREFER_BUSY_POLL options on your socket.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201130185205.196029-2-bjorn.topel@gmail.com
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
1) Fix insufficient validation of IPSET_ATTR_IPADDR_IPV6 reported
by syzbot.
2) Remove spurious reports on nf_tables when lockdep gets disabled,
from Florian Westphal.
3) Fix memleak in the error path of error path of
ip_vs_control_net_init(), from Wang Hai.
4) Fix missing control data in flow dissector, otherwise IP address
matching in hardware offload infra does not work.
5) Fix hardware offload match on prefix IP address when userspace
does not send a bitwise expression to represent the prefix.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf:
netfilter: nftables_offload: build mask based from the matching bytes
netfilter: nftables_offload: set address type in control dissector
ipvs: fix possible memory leak in ip_vs_control_net_init
netfilter: nf_tables: avoid false-postive lockdep splat
netfilter: ipset: prevent uninit-value in hash_ip6_add
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201127190313.24947-1-pablo@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2020-11-28
1) Do not reference the skb for xsk's generic TX side since when looped
back into RX it might crash in generic XDP, from Björn Töpel.
2) Fix umem cleanup on a partially set up xsk socket when being destroyed,
from Magnus Karlsson.
3) Fix an incorrect netdev reference count when failing xsk_bind() operation,
from Marek Majtyka.
4) Fix bpftool to set an error code on failed calloc() in build_btf_type_table(),
from Zhen Lei.
* https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bpf/bpf:
bpf: Add MAINTAINERS entry for BPF LSM
bpftool: Fix error return value in build_btf_type_table
net, xsk: Avoid taking multiple skbuff references
xsk: Fix incorrect netdev reference count
xsk: Fix umem cleanup bug at socket destruct
MAINTAINERS: Update XDP and AF_XDP entries
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201128005104.1205-1-daniel@iogearbox.net
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Trivial conflict in CAN, keep the net-next + the byteswap wrapper.
Conflicts:
drivers/net/can/usb/gs_usb.c
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Currently kernel tc subsystem can do conntrack in cat_ct. But when several
fragment packets go through the act_ct, function tcf_ct_handle_fragments
will defrag the packets to a big one. But the last action will redirect
mirred to a device which maybe lead the reassembly big packet over the mtu
of target device.
This patch add support for a xmit hook to mirred, that gets executed before
xmiting the packet. Then, when act_ct gets loaded, it configs that hook.
The frag xmit hook maybe reused by other modules.
Signed-off-by: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <cong.wang@bytedance.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
RFC 7905 defines special behavior for ChaCha-Poly TLS sessions.
The differences are in the calculation of nonce and the absence
of explicit IV. This behavior is like TLSv1.3 partly.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Fedorenko <vfedorenko@novek.ru>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
To provide support for ChaCha-Poly cipher we need to define
specific constants and structures.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Fedorenko <vfedorenko@novek.ru>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Inline functions defined in tls.h have a lot of AES-specific
constants. Remove these constants and change argument to struct
tls_prot_info to have an access to cipher type in later patches
Signed-off-by: Vadim Fedorenko <vfedorenko@novek.ru>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Userspace might match on prefix bytes of header fields if they are on
the byte boundary, this requires that the mask is adjusted accordingly.
Use NFT_OFFLOAD_MATCH_EXACT() for meta since prefix byte matching is not
allowed for this type of selector.
The bitwise expression might be optimized out by userspace, hence the
kernel needs to infer the prefix from the number of payload bytes to
match on. This patch adds nft_payload_offload_mask() to calculate the
bitmask to match on the prefix.
Fixes: c9626a2cbd ("netfilter: nf_tables: add hardware offload support")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds nft_flow_rule_set_addr_type() to set the address type
from the nft_payload expression accordingly.
If the address type is not set in the control dissector then a rule that
matches either on source or destination IP address does not work.
After this patch, nft hardware offload generates the flow dissector
configuration as tc-flower does to match on an IP address.
This patch has been also tested functionally to make sure packets are
filtered out by the NIC.
This is also getting the code aligned with the existing netfilter flow
offload infrastructure which is also setting the control dissector.
Fixes: c9626a2cbd ("netfilter: nf_tables: add hardware offload support")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
tls_device_offload_cleanup_rx doesn't clear tls_ctx->netdev after
calling tls_dev_del if TLX TX offload is also enabled. Clearing
tls_ctx->netdev gets postponed until tls_device_gc_task. It leaves a
time frame when tls_device_down may get called and call tls_dev_del for
RX one extra time, confusing the driver, which may lead to a crash.
This patch corrects this racy behavior by adding a flag to prevent
tls_device_down from calling tls_dev_del the second time.
Fixes: e8f6979981 ("net/tls: Add generic NIC offload infrastructure")
Signed-off-by: Maxim Mikityanskiy <maximmi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201125221810.69870-1-saeedm@nvidia.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add a packet trap to report packets that were dropped due to a
blackhole nexthop.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
linux/netdevice.h is included in very many places, touching any
of its dependecies causes large incremental builds.
Drop the linux/ethtool.h include, linux/netdevice.h just needs
a forward declaration of struct ethtool_ops.
Fix all the places which made use of this implicit include.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Reviewed-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201120225052.1427503-1-kuba@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When the TCP stack is in SYN flood mode, the server child socket is
created from the SYN cookie received in a TCP packet with the ACK flag
set.
The child socket is created when the server receives the first TCP
packet with a valid SYN cookie from the client. Usually, this packet
corresponds to the final step of the TCP 3-way handshake, the ACK
packet. But is also possible to receive a valid SYN cookie from the
first TCP data packet sent by the client, and thus create a child socket
from that SYN cookie.
Since a client socket is ready to send data as soon as it receives the
SYN+ACK packet from the server, the client can send the ACK packet (sent
by the TCP stack code), and the first data packet (sent by the userspace
program) almost at the same time, and thus the server will equally
receive the two TCP packets with valid SYN cookies almost at the same
instant.
When such event happens, the TCP stack code has a race condition that
occurs between the momement a lookup is done to the established
connections hashtable to check for the existence of a connection for the
same client, and the moment that the child socket is added to the
established connections hashtable. As a consequence, this race condition
can lead to a situation where we add two child sockets to the
established connections hashtable and deliver two sockets to the
userspace program to the same client.
This patch fixes the race condition by checking if an existing child
socket exists for the same client when we are adding the second child
socket to the established connections socket. If an existing child
socket exists, we drop the packet and discard the second child socket
to the same client.
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Dias <rdias@singlestore.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201120111133.GA67501@rdias-suse-pc.lan
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
As pointed out by Herbert in a recent related patch, the LSM hooks do
not have the necessary address family information to use the flowi
struct safely. As none of the LSMs currently use any of the protocol
specific flowi information, replace the flowi pointers with pointers
to the address family independent flowi_common struct.
Reported-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: James Morris <jamorris@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
We're about to do reshuffling in networking headers and
eliminate some implicit includes. This results in:
In file included from ../net/ipv4/netfilter/arp_tables.c:26:
include/net/compat.h:60:40: error: unknown type name ‘compat_uptr_t’; did you mean ‘compat_ptr_ioctl’?
struct sockaddr __user **save_addr, compat_uptr_t *ptr,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~
compat_ptr_ioctl
include/net/compat.h:61:4: error: unknown type name ‘compat_size_t’; did you mean ‘compat_sigset_t’?
compat_size_t *len);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~
compat_sigset_t
Currently net/compat.h depends on linux/compat.h being included
first. After the upcoming changes this would break the 32bit build.
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201121214844.1488283-1-kuba@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
OoO handling attempts to detect when packet is out-of-window by testing
current ack sequence and remaining space vs. sequence number.
This doesn't work reliably. Store the highest allowed sequence number
that we've announced and use it to detect oow packets.
Do this when mptcp options get written to the packet (wire format).
For this to work we need to move the write_options call until after
stack selected a new tcp window.
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Fix build of net/core/stream.o when CONFIG_INET is not enabled.
Fixes these build errors (sample):
ld: net/core/stream.o: in function `sk_stream_write_space':
(.text+0x27e): undefined reference to `tcp_stream_memory_free'
ld: (.text+0x29c): undefined reference to `tcp_stream_memory_free'
ld: (.text+0x2ab): undefined reference to `tcp_stream_memory_free'
ld: net/core/stream.o: in function `sk_stream_wait_memory':
(.text+0x5a1): undefined reference to `tcp_stream_memory_free'
ld: (.text+0x5bf): undefined reference to `tcp_stream_memory_free'
Fixes: 1c5f2ced13 ("tcp: avoid indirect call to tcp_stream_memory_free()")
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201118194438.674-1-rdunlap@infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The static checker is fooled by the non-static locking scheme
implemented by the mentioned helpers.
Let's make its life easier adding some unconditional annotation
so that the helpers are now interpreted as a plain spinlock from
sparse.
v1 -> v2:
- add __releases() annotation to unlock_sock_fast()
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/6ed7ae627d8271fb7f20e0a9c6750fbba1ac2635.1605634911.git.pabeni@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
There is no easy way to distinguish if a conntracked tcp packet is
marked invalid because of tcp_in_window() check error or because
it doesn't belong to an existing connection. With this patch,
openvswitch sets liberal tcp flag for the established sessions so
that out of window packets are not marked invalid.
A helper function - nf_ct_set_tcp_be_liberal(nf_conn) is added which
sets this flag for both the directions of the nf_conn.
Suggested-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Numan Siddique <nusiddiq@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201116130126.3065077-1-nusiddiq@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Fix a bug that is triggered when a partially setup socket is
destroyed. For a fully setup socket, a socket that has been bound to a
device, the cleanup of the umem is performed at the end of the buffer
pool's cleanup work queue item. This has to be performed in a work
queue, and not in RCU cleanup, as it is doing a vunmap that cannot
execute in interrupt context. However, when a socket has only been
partially set up so that a umem has been created but the buffer pool
has not, the code erroneously directly calls the umem cleanup function
instead of using a work queue, and this leads to a BUG_ON() in
vunmap().
As there in this case is no buffer pool, we cannot use its work queue,
so we need to introduce a work queue for the umem and schedule this for
the cleanup. So in the case there is no pool, we are going to use the
umem's own work queue to schedule the cleanup. But if there is a
pool, the cleanup of the umem is still being performed by the pool's
work queue, as it is important that the umem is cleaned up after the
pool.
Fixes: e5e1a4bc91 ("xsk: Fix possible memory leak at socket close")
Reported-by: Marek Majtyka <marekx.majtyka@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Tested-by: Marek Majtyka <marekx.majtyka@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1605873219-21629-1-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@gmail.com
When performing a flash update via devlink, device drivers may inform
user space of status updates via
devlink_flash_update_(begin|end|timeout|status)_notify functions.
It is expected that drivers do not send any status notifications unless
they send a begin and end message. If a driver sends a status
notification without sending the appropriate end notification upon
finishing (regardless of success or failure), the current implementation
of the devlink userspace program can get stuck endlessly waiting for the
end notification that will never come.
The current ice driver implementation may send such a status message
without the appropriate end notification in rare cases.
Fixing the ice driver is relatively simple: we just need to send the
begin_notify at the start of the function and always send an end_notify
no matter how the function exits.
Rather than assuming driver authors will always get this right in the
future, lets just fix the API so that it is not possible to get wrong.
Make devlink_flash_update_begin_notify and
devlink_flash_update_end_notify static, and call them in devlink.c core
code. Always send the begin_notify just before calling the driver's
flash_update routine. Always send the end_notify just after the routine
returns regardless of success or failure.
Doing this makes the status notification easier to use from the driver,
as it no longer needs to worry about catching failures and cleaning up
by calling devlink_flash_update_end_notify. It is now no longer possible
to do the wrong thing in this regard. We also save a couple of lines of
code in each driver.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
All drivers which implement the devlink flash update support, with the
exception of netdevsim, use either request_firmware or
request_firmware_direct to locate the firmware file. Rather than having
each driver do this separately as part of its .flash_update
implementation, perform the request_firmware within net/core/devlink.c
Replace the file_name parameter in the struct devlink_flash_update_params
with a pointer to the fw object.
Use request_firmware rather than request_firmware_direct. Although most
Linux distributions today do not have the fallback mechanism
implemented, only about half the drivers used the _direct request, as
compared to the generic request_firmware. In the event that
a distribution does support the fallback mechanism, the devlink flash
update ought to be able to use it to provide the firmware contents. For
distributions which do not support the fallback userspace mechanism,
there should be essentially no difference between request_firmware and
request_firmware_direct.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Acked-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
IPV6=m
NF_DEFRAG_IPV6=y
ld: net/ipv6/netfilter/nf_conntrack_reasm.o: in function
`nf_ct_frag6_gather':
net/ipv6/netfilter/nf_conntrack_reasm.c:462: undefined reference to
`ipv6_frag_thdr_truncated'
Netfilter is depending on ipv6 symbol ipv6_frag_thdr_truncated. This
dependency is forcing IPV6=y.
Remove this dependency by moving ipv6_frag_thdr_truncated out of ipv6. This
is the same solution as used with a similar issues: Referring to
commit 70b095c843 ("ipv6: remove dependency of nf_defrag_ipv6 on ipv6
module")
Fixes: 9d9e937b1c ("ipv6/netfilter: Discard first fragment not including all headers")
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <lkp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Georg Kohmann <geokohma@cisco.com>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> # build-tested
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201119095833.8409-1-geokohma@cisco.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Fix race issue in fid contention.
Eric's and Greg's patch offer a mechanism to fix open-unlink-f*syscall
bug in 9p. But there is race issue in fid parallel accesses.
As Greg's patch stores all of fids from opened files into according inode,
so all the lookup fid ops can retrieve fid from inode preferentially. But
there is no mechanism to handle the fid contention issue. For example,
there are two threads get the same fid in the same time and one of them
clunk the fid before the other thread ready to discard the fid. In this
scenario, it will lead to some fatal problems, even kernel core dump.
I introduce a mechanism to fix this race issue. A counter field introduced
into p9_fid struct to store the reference counter to the fid. When a fid
is allocated from the inode or dentry, the counter will increase, and
will decrease at the end of its occupation. It is guaranteed that the
fid won't be clunked before the reference counter go down to 0, then
we can avoid the clunked fid to be used.
tests:
race issue test from the old test case:
for file in {01..50}; do touch f.${file}; done
seq 1 1000 | xargs -n 1 -P 50 -I{} cat f.* > /dev/null
open-unlink-f*syscall test:
I have tested for f*syscall include: ftruncate fstat fchown fchmod faccessat.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20200923141146.90046-5-jianyong.wu@arm.com
Fixes: 478ba09edc ("fs/9p: search open fids first")
Signed-off-by: Jianyong Wu <jianyong.wu@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <asmadeus@codewreck.org>
In async_resync mode, we log the TCP seq of records until the async request
is completed. Later, in case one of the logged seqs matches the resync
request, we return it, together with its record serial number. Before this
fix, we mistakenly returned the serial number of the current record
instead.
Fixes: ed9b7646b0 ("net/tls: Add asynchronous resync")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@nvidia.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201115131448.2702-1-tariqt@nvidia.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Introduce batched descriptor interfaces in the xsk core code for the
Tx path to be used in the driver to write a code path with higher
performance. This interface will be used by the i40e driver in the
next patch. Though other drivers would likely benefit from this new
interface too.
Note that batching is only implemented for the common case when
there is only one socket bound to the same device and queue id. When
this is not the case, we fall back to the old non-batched version of
the function.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1605525167-14450-5-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@gmail.com
unlocked version of protocol level close, will be used by
MPTCP to allow decouple orphaning and subflow level close.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Will be needed by the next patch, as MPTCP needs to handle
directly the error/memory-allocation-needed path.
No functional changes intended.
Additionally let MPTCP code access the tcp_remove_empty_skb()
helper.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Packets are processed even though the first fragment don't include all
headers through the upper layer header. This breaks TAHI IPv6 Core
Conformance Test v6LC.1.3.6.
Referring to RFC8200 SECTION 4.5: "If the first fragment does not include
all headers through an Upper-Layer header, then that fragment should be
discarded and an ICMP Parameter Problem, Code 3, message should be sent to
the source of the fragment, with the Pointer field set to zero."
The fragment needs to be validated the same way it is done in
commit 2efdaaaf88 ("IPv6: reply ICMP error if the first fragment don't
include all headers") for ipv6. Wrap the validation into a common function,
ipv6_frag_thdr_truncated() to check for truncation in the upper layer
header. This validation does not fullfill all aspects of RFC 8200,
section 4.5, but is at the moment sufficient to pass mentioned TAHI test.
In netfilter, utilize the fragment offset returned by find_prev_fhdr() to
let ipv6_frag_thdr_truncated() start it's traverse from the fragment
header.
Return 0 to drop the fragment in the netfilter. This is the same behaviour
as used on other protocol errors in this function, e.g. when
nf_ct_frag6_queue() returns -EPROTO. The Fragment will later be picked up
by ipv6_frag_rcv() in reassembly.c. ipv6_frag_rcv() will then send an
appropriate ICMP Parameter Problem message back to the source.
References commit 2efdaaaf88 ("IPv6: reply ICMP error if the first
fragment don't include all headers")
Signed-off-by: Georg Kohmann <geokohma@cisco.com>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201111115025.28879-1-geokohma@cisco.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Calls to nla_strlcpy are now replaced by calls to nla_strscpy which is the new
name of this function.
Signed-off-by: Francis Laniel <laniel_francis@privacyrequired.com>
Reviewed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
nla_strlcpy now returns -E2BIG if src was truncated when written to dst.
It also returns this error value if dstsize is 0 or higher than INT_MAX.
For example, if src is "foo\0" and dst is 3 bytes long, the result will be:
1. "foG" after memcpy (G means garbage).
2. "fo\0" after memset.
3. -E2BIG is returned because src was not completely written into dst.
The callers of nla_strlcpy were modified to take into account this modification.
Signed-off-by: Francis Laniel <laniel_francis@privacyrequired.com>
Reviewed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Both IPv4 and IPv6 needs it via a function pointer.
Following patch will avoid the indirect call.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-11-14
1) Add BTF generation for kernel modules and extend BTF infra in kernel
e.g. support for split BTF loading and validation, from Andrii Nakryiko.
2) Support for pointers beyond pkt_end to recognize LLVM generated patterns
on inlined branch conditions, from Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Implements bpf_local_storage for task_struct for BPF LSM, from KP Singh.
4) Enable FENTRY/FEXIT/RAW_TP tracing program to use the bpf_sk_storage
infra, from Martin KaFai Lau.
5) Add XDP bulk APIs that introduce a defer/flush mechanism to optimize the
XDP_REDIRECT path, from Lorenzo Bianconi.
6) Fix a potential (although rather theoretical) deadlock of hashtab in NMI
context, from Song Liu.
7) Fixes for cross and out-of-tree build of bpftool and runqslower allowing build
for different target archs on same source tree, from Jean-Philippe Brucker.
8) Fix error path in htab_map_alloc() triggered from syzbot, from Eric Dumazet.
9) Move functionality from test_tcpbpf_user into the test_progs framework so it
can run in BPF CI, from Alexander Duyck.
10) Lift hashtab key_size limit to be larger than MAX_BPF_STACK, from Florian Lehner.
Note that for the fix from Song we have seen a sparse report on context
imbalance which requires changes in sparse itself for proper annotation
detection where this is currently being discussed on linux-sparse among
developers [0]. Once we have more clarification/guidance after their fix,
Song will follow-up.
[0] https://lore.kernel.org/linux-sparse/CAHk-=wh4bx8A8dHnX612MsDO13st6uzAz1mJ1PaHHVevJx_ZCw@mail.gmail.com/T/https://lore.kernel.org/linux-sparse/20201109221345.uklbp3lzgq6g42zb@ltop.local/T/
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bpf/bpf-next: (66 commits)
net: mlx5: Add xdp tx return bulking support
net: mvpp2: Add xdp tx return bulking support
net: mvneta: Add xdp tx return bulking support
net: page_pool: Add bulk support for ptr_ring
net: xdp: Introduce bulking for xdp tx return path
bpf: Expose bpf_d_path helper to sleepable LSM hooks
bpf: Augment the set of sleepable LSM hooks
bpf: selftest: Use bpf_sk_storage in FENTRY/FEXIT/RAW_TP
bpf: Allow using bpf_sk_storage in FENTRY/FEXIT/RAW_TP
bpf: Rename some functions in bpf_sk_storage
bpf: Folding omem_charge() into sk_storage_charge()
selftests/bpf: Add asm tests for pkt vs pkt_end comparison.
selftests/bpf: Add skb_pkt_end test
bpf: Support for pointers beyond pkt_end.
tools/bpf: Always run the *-clean recipes
tools/bpf: Add bootstrap/ to .gitignore
bpf: Fix NULL dereference in bpf_task_storage
tools/bpftool: Fix build slowdown
tools/runqslower: Build bpftool using HOSTCC
tools/runqslower: Enable out-of-tree build
...
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201114020819.29584-1-daniel@iogearbox.net
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Introduce the capability to batch page_pool ptr_ring refill since it is
usually run inside the driver NAPI tx completion loop.
Suggested-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Co-developed-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/08dd249c9522c001313f520796faa777c4089e1c.1605267335.git.lorenzo@kernel.org
XDP bulk APIs introduce a defer/flush mechanism to return
pages belonging to the same xdp_mem_allocator object
(identified via the mem.id field) in bulk to optimize
I-cache and D-cache since xdp_return_frame is usually run
inside the driver NAPI tx completion loop.
The bulk queue size is set to 16 to be aligned to how
XDP_REDIRECT bulking works. The bulk is flushed when
it is full or when mem.id changes.
xdp_frame_bulk is usually stored/allocated on the function
call-stack to avoid locking penalties.
Current implementation considers only page_pool memory model.
Suggested-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Co-developed-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/e190c03eac71b20c8407ae0fc2c399eda7835f49.1605267335.git.lorenzo@kernel.org
Commit 58956317c8 ("neighbor: Improve garbage collection")
guarantees neighbour table entries a five-second lifetime. Processes
which make heavy use of multicast can fill the neighour table with
multicast addresses in five seconds. At that point, neighbour entries
can't be GC-ed because they aren't five seconds old yet, the kernel
log starts to fill up with "neighbor table overflow!" messages, and
sends start to fail.
This patch allows multicast addresses to be thrown out before they've
lived out their five seconds. This makes room for non-multicast
addresses and makes messages to all addresses more reliable in these
circumstances.
Fixes: 58956317c8 ("neighbor: Improve garbage collection")
Signed-off-by: Jeff Dike <jdike@akamai.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201113015815.31397-1-jdike@akamai.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
* injection/radiotap updates for new test capabilities
* remove WDS support - even years ago when we turned
it off by default it was already basically unusable
* support for HE (802.11ax) rates for beacons
* support for some vendor-specific HE rates
* many other small features/cleanups
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=TGgF
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-net-next-2020-11-13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Some updates:
* injection/radiotap updates for new test capabilities
* remove WDS support - even years ago when we turned
it off by default it was already basically unusable
* support for HE (802.11ax) rates for beacons
* support for some vendor-specific HE rates
* many other small features/cleanups
* tag 'mac80211-next-for-net-next-2020-11-13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next: (21 commits)
nl80211: fix kernel-doc warning in the new SAE attribute
cfg80211: remove WDS code
mac80211: remove WDS-related code
rt2x00: remove WDS code
b43legacy: remove WDS code
b43: remove WDS code
carl9170: remove WDS code
ath9k: remove WDS code
wireless: remove CONFIG_WIRELESS_WDS
mac80211: assure that certain drivers adhere to DONT_REORDER flag
mac80211: don't overwrite QoS TID of injected frames
mac80211: adhere to Tx control flag that prevents frame reordering
mac80211: add radiotap flag to assure frames are not reordered
mac80211: save HE oper info in BSS config for mesh
cfg80211: add support to configure HE MCS for beacon rate
nl80211: fix beacon tx rate mask validation
nl80211/cfg80211: fix potential infinite loop
cfg80211: Add support to calculate and report 4096-QAM HE rates
cfg80211: Add support to configure SAE PWE value to drivers
ieee80211: Add definition for WFA DPP
...
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201113101148.25268-1-johannes@sipsolutions.net
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch enables the FENTRY/FEXIT/RAW_TP tracing program to use
the bpf_sk_storage_(get|delete) helper, so those tracing programs
can access the sk's bpf_local_storage and the later selftest
will show some examples.
The bpf_sk_storage is currently used in bpf-tcp-cc, tc,
cg sockops...etc which is running either in softirq or
task context.
This patch adds bpf_sk_storage_get_tracing_proto and
bpf_sk_storage_delete_tracing_proto. They will check
in runtime that the helpers can only be called when serving
softirq or running in a task context. That should enable
most common tracing use cases on sk.
During the load time, the new tracing_allowed() function
will ensure the tracing prog using the bpf_sk_storage_(get|delete)
helper is not tracing any bpf_sk_storage*() function itself.
The sk is passed as "void *" when calling into bpf_local_storage.
This patch only allows tracing a kernel function.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201112211313.2587383-1-kafai@fb.com
The skb is needed only to fetch the keys for the lookup.
Both functions are used from GRO stack, we do not want
accidental modification of the skb.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
inet_sdif() does not modify the skb.
This will permit propagating the const qualifier in
udp{4|6}_lib_lookup_skb() functions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Lobakin <alobakin@pm.me>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
After having migrated all users remove ip_tunnel_get_stats64().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the
struct tasklet_struct pointer to all tasklet
callbacks, switch to using the new tasklet_setup()
and from_tasklet() to pass the tasklet pointer explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <apais@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2020-11-06
1) Pre-allocated per-cpu hashmap needs to zero-fill reused element, from David.
2) Tighten bpf_lsm function check, from KP.
3) Fix bpftool attaching to flow dissector, from Lorenz.
4) Use -fno-gcse for the whole kernel/bpf/core.c instead of function attribute, from Ard.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bpf/bpf:
bpf: Update verification logic for LSM programs
bpf: Zero-fill re-used per-cpu map element
bpf: BPF_PRELOAD depends on BPF_SYSCALL
tools/bpftool: Fix attaching flow dissector
libbpf: Fix possible use after free in xsk_socket__delete
libbpf: Fix null dereference in xsk_socket__delete
libbpf, hashmap: Fix undefined behavior in hash_bits
bpf: Don't rely on GCC __attribute__((optimize)) to disable GCSE
tools, bpftool: Remove two unused variables.
tools, bpftool: Avoid array index warnings.
xsk: Fix possible memory leak at socket close
bpf: Add struct bpf_redir_neigh forward declaration to BPF helper defs
samples/bpf: Set rlimit for memlock to infinity in all samples
bpf: Fix -Wshadow warnings
selftest/bpf: Fix profiler test using CO-RE relocation for enums
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201106221759.24143-1-alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This will be used by the next patch which extends the function to replay
all the existing nexthops to the notifier block being registered.
Device drivers will be able to pass extack to the function since it is
passed to them upon reload from devlink.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Emit a notification in the nexthop notification chain when a new nexthop
is added (not replaced). The nexthop can either be a new group or a
single nexthop.
The notification is sent after the nexthop is inserted into the
red-black tree, as listeners might need to callback into the nexthop
code with the nexthop ID in order to mark the nexthop as offloaded.
A 'REPLACE' notification is emitted instead of 'ADD' as the distinction
between the two is not important for in-kernel listeners. In case the
listener is not familiar with the encoded nexthop ID, it can simply
treat it as a new one. This is also consistent with the route offload
API.
Changes since RFC:
* Reword commit message
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add a function that can be called by device drivers to set "offload" or
"trap" indication on nexthops following nexthop notifications.
Changes since RFC:
* s/nexthop_hw_flags_set/nexthop_set_hw_flags/
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add data structures that will be used for nexthop replace and delete
notifications in the previously introduced nexthop notification chain.
New data structures are added instead of passing the existing nexthop
code structures directly for several reasons.
First, the existing structures encode a lot of bookkeeping information
which is irrelevant for listeners of the notification chain.
Second, the existing structures can be changed without worrying about
introducing regressions in listeners since they are not accessed
directly by them.
Third, listeners of the notification chain do not need to each parse the
relatively complex nexthop code structures. They are passing the
required information in a simplified way.
Note that a single 'has_encap' bit is added instead of the actual
encapsulation information since current listeners do not support such
nexthops.
Changes since RFC:
* s/is_encap/has_encap/
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add a new radiotap flag to indicate injected frames must not be
reordered relative to other frames that also have this flag set,
independent of priority field values in the transmitted frame.
Parse this radiotap flag and define and set a corresponding Tx
control flag. Note that this flag has recently been standardized
as part of an update to radiotap.
Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201104061823.197407-2-Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently he_support is set only for AP mode. Storing this
information for mesh BSS as well helps driver to determine
HE support. Also save HE operation element params in BSS
conf so that drivers can access this for any configurations
instead of having to parse the beacon to fetch that info.
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201020183111.25458-2-pradeepc@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support to configure SAE PWE preference from userspace to drivers in
both AP and STA modes. This is needed for cases where the driver takes
care of Authentication frame processing (SME in the driver) so that
correct enforcement of the acceptable PWE derivation mechanism can be
performed.
The userspace applications can pass the sae_pwe value using the
NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE attribute in the NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and
NL80211_CMD_START_AP commands to the driver. This allows selection
between the hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element options for PWE
derivation. For backwards compatibility, this new attribute is optional
and if not included, the driver is notified of the value being
unspecified.
Signed-off-by: Rohan Dutta <drohan@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201027100910.22283-1-jouni@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
inet(6)_skb_parm was removed from sctp_input_cb by Commit a1dd2cf2f1
("sctp: allow changing transport encap_port by peer packets"), as it
thought sctp_input_cb->header is not used any more in SCTP.
syzbot reported a crash:
[ ] BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in decode_session6+0xe7c/0x1580
[ ]
[ ] Call Trace:
[ ] <IRQ>
[ ] dump_stack+0x107/0x163
[ ] kasan_report.cold+0x1f/0x37
[ ] decode_session6+0xe7c/0x1580
[ ] __xfrm_policy_check+0x2fa/0x2850
[ ] sctp_rcv+0x12b0/0x2e30
[ ] sctp6_rcv+0x22/0x40
[ ] ip6_protocol_deliver_rcu+0x2e8/0x1680
[ ] ip6_input_finish+0x7f/0x160
[ ] ip6_input+0x9c/0xd0
[ ] ipv6_rcv+0x28e/0x3c0
It was caused by sctp_input_cb->header/IP6CB(skb) still used in sctp rx
path decode_session6() but some members overwritten by sctp6_rcv().
This patch is to fix it by bring inet(6)_skb_parm back to sctp_input_cb
and not overwriting it in sctp4/6_rcv() and sctp_udp_rcv().
Reported-by: syzbot+5be8aebb1b7dfa90ef31@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Fixes: a1dd2cf2f1 ("sctp: allow changing transport encap_port by peer packets")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/136c1a7a419341487c504be6d1996928d9d16e02.1604472932.git.lucien.xin@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Some switches rely on unique pvids to ensure port separation in
standalone mode, because they don't have a port forwarding matrix
configurable in hardware. So, setups like a group of 2 uppers with the
same VLAN, swp0.100 and swp1.100, will cause traffic tagged with VLAN
100 to be autonomously forwarded between these switch ports, in spite
of there being no bridge between swp0 and swp1.
These drivers need to prevent this from happening. They need to have
VLAN filtering enabled in standalone mode (so they'll drop frames tagged
with unknown VLANs) and they can only accept an 8021q upper on a port as
long as it isn't installed on any other port too. So give them the
chance to veto bad user requests.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
[Kurt: Pass info instead of ptr]
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The Hirschmann Hellcreek TSN switches have a special tagging protocol for frames
exchanged between the CPU port and the master interface. The format is a one
byte trailer indicating the destination or origin port.
It's quite similar to the Micrel KSZ tagging. That's why the implementation is
based on that code.
Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
1) Move existing bridge packet reject infra to nf_reject_{ipv4,ipv6}.c
from Jose M. Guisado.
2) Consolidate nft_reject_inet initialization and dump, also from Jose.
3) Add the netdev reject action, from Jose.
4) Allow to combine the exist flag and the destroy command in ipset,
from Joszef Kadlecsik.
5) Expose bucket size parameter for hashtables, also from Jozsef.
6) Expose the init value for reproducible ipset listings, from Jozsef.
7) Use __printf attribute in nft_request_module, from Andrew Lunn.
8) Allow to use reject from the inet ingress chain.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf-next:
netfilter: nft_reject_inet: allow to use reject from inet ingress
netfilter: nftables: Add __printf() attribute
netfilter: ipset: Expose the initval hash parameter to userspace
netfilter: ipset: Add bucketsize parameter to all hash types
netfilter: ipset: Support the -exist flag with the destroy command
netfilter: nft_reject: add reject verdict support for netdev
netfilter: nft_reject: unify reject init and dump into nft_reject
netfilter: nf_reject: add reject skbuff creation helpers
====================
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201104141149.30082-1-pablo@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
When the TCP stack splits a packet on the write queue, the tail
half currently lose the associated skb extensions, and will not
carry the DSM on the wire.
The above does not cause functional problems and is allowed by
the RFC, but interact badly with GRO and RX coalescing, as possible
candidates for aggregation will carry different TCP options.
This change tries to improve the MPTCP behavior, propagating the
skb extensions on split.
Additionally, we must prevent the MPTCP stack from updating the
mapping after the split occur: that will both violate the RFC and
fool the reader.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Commit 394de110a7 ("net: Added pointer check for
dst->ops->neigh_lookup in dst_neigh_lookup_skb") added a test in
dst_neigh_lookup_skb() to avoid a NULL pointer dereference. The root
cause was the MPLS forwarding code, which doesn't call skb_dst_drop()
on incoming packets. That is, if the packet is received from a
collect_md device, it has a metadata_dst attached to it that doesn't
implement any dst_ops function.
To align the MPLS behaviour with IPv4 and IPv6, let's drop the dst in
mpls_forward(). This way, dst_neigh_lookup_skb() doesn't need to test
->neigh_lookup any more. Let's keep a WARN condition though, to
document the precondition and to ease detection of such problems in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/f8c2784c13faa54469a2aac339470b1049ca6b63.1604102750.git.gnault@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch adds accounting of open fids in a list hanging off the i_private
field of the corresponding inode. This allows faster lookups compared to
searching the full 9p client list.
The lookup code is modified accordingly.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20200923141146.90046-3-jianyong.wu@arm.com
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jianyong Wu <jianyong.wu@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <asmadeus@codewreck.org>
During TCP fast recovery, the congestion control in charge is by
default the Proportional Rate Reduction (PRR) unless the congestion
control module specified otherwise (e.g. BBR).
Previously when tcp_packets_in_flight() is below snd_ssthresh PRR
would slow start upon receiving an ACK that
1) cumulatively acknowledges retransmitted data
and
2) does not detect further lost retransmission
Such conditions indicate the repair is in good steady progress
after the first round trip of recovery. Otherwise PRR adopts the
packet conservation principle to send only the amount that was
newly delivered (indicated by this ACK).
This patch generalizes the previous design principle to include
also the newly sent data beside retransmission: as long as
the delivery is making good progress, both retransmission and
new data should be accounted to make PRR more cautious in slow
starting.
Suggested-by: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Suggested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201031013412.1973112-1-ycheng@google.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Currently, variables used only within lockdep expressions are flagged as
unused, requiring that these variables' declarations be decorated with
either #ifdef or __maybe_unused. This results in ugly code. This commit
therefore causes the full definitions of the lockdep_tcf_chain_is_locked()
and lockdep_tcf_proto_is_locked() functions to be visible even when
lockdep is not enabled, thus removing the need for the previous empty
functions that were provided in non-lockdep kernels. This approach
further relies on dead-code elimination to remove any references to
functions or variables that are not available in non-lockdep kernels.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
--
CC: jhs@mojatatu.com
CC: xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com
CC: jiri@resnulli.us
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@kernel.org>
Currently, variables used only within lockdep expressions are flagged
as unused, requiring that these variables' declarations be decorated
with either #ifdef or __maybe_unused. This results in ugly code.
This commit therefore causes the lockdep_sock_is_held() function to be
visible even when lockdep is not enabled, thus removing the need for
these decorations. This approach further relies on dead-code elimination
to remove any references to functions or variables that are not available
in non-lockdep kernels.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@kernel.org>
Adds reject skbuff creation helper functions to ipv4/6 nf_reject
infrastructure. Use these functions for reject verdict in bridge
family.
Can be reused by all different families that support reject and
will not inject the reject packet through ip local out.
Signed-off-by: Jose M. Guisado Gomez <guigom@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch is to add the function to make the abort chunk with
the error cause for new encapsulation port restart, defined
on Section 4.4 in draft-tuexen-tsvwg-sctp-udp-encaps-cons-03.
v1->v2:
- no change.
v2->v3:
- no need to call htons() when setting nep.cur_port/new_port.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
sctp_mtu_payload() is for calculating the frag size before making
chunks from a msg. So we should only add udphdr size to overhead
when udp socks are listening, as only then sctp can handle the
incoming sctp over udp packets and outgoing sctp over udp packets
will be possible.
Note that we can't do this according to transport->encap_port, as
different transports may be set to different values, while the
chunks were made before choosing the transport, we could not be
able to meet all rfc6951#section-5.6 recommends.
v1->v2:
- Add udp_port for sctp_sock to avoid a potential race issue, it
will be used in xmit path in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
As rfc6951#section-5.4 says:
"After finding the SCTP association (which
includes checking the verification tag), the UDP source port MUST be
stored as the encapsulation port for the destination address the SCTP
packet is received from (see Section 5.1).
When a non-encapsulated SCTP packet is received by the SCTP stack,
the encapsulation of outgoing packets belonging to the same
association and the corresponding destination address MUST be
disabled."
transport encap_port should be updated by a validated incoming packet's
udp src port.
We save the udp src port in sctp_input_cb->encap_port, and then update
the transport in two places:
1. right after vtag is verified, which is required by RFC, and this
allows the existent transports to be updated by the chunks that
can only be processed on an asoc.
2. right before processing the 'init' where the transports are added,
and this allows building a sctp over udp connection by client with
the server not knowing the remote encap port.
3. when processing ootb_pkt and creating the temporary transport for
the reply pkt.
Note that sctp_input_cb->header is removed, as it's not used any more
in sctp.
v1->v2:
- Change encap_port as __be16 for sctp_input_cb.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
encap_port is added as per netns/sock/assoc/transport, and the
latter one's encap_port inherits the former one's by default.
The transport's encap_port value would mostly decide if one
packet should go out with udp encapsulated or not.
This patch also allows users to set netns' encap_port by sysctl.
v1->v2:
- Change to define encap_port as __be16 for sctp_sock, asoc and
transport.
v2->v3:
- No change.
v3->v4:
- Add 'encap_port' entry in ip-sysctl.rst.
v4->v5:
- Improve the description of encap_port in ip-sysctl.rst.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch is to add the udp6 sock part in sctp_udp_sock_start/stop().
udp_conf.use_udp6_rx_checksums is set to true, as:
"The SCTP checksum MUST be computed for IPv4 and IPv6, and the UDP
checksum SHOULD be computed for IPv4 and IPv6"
says in rfc6951#section-5.3.
v1->v2:
- Add pr_err() when fails to create udp v6 sock.
- Add #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6) not to create v6 sock when ipv6 is
disabled.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch is to add the functions to create/release udp4 sock,
and set the sock's encap_rcv to process the incoming udp encap
sctp packets. In sctp_udp_rcv(), as we can see, all we need to
do is fix the transport header for sctp_rcv(), then it would
implement the part of rfc6951#section-5.4:
"When an encapsulated packet is received, the UDP header is removed.
Then, the generic lookup is performed, as done by an SCTP stack
whenever a packet is received, to find the association for the
received SCTP packet"
Note that these functions will be called in the last patch of
this patchset when enabling this feature.
v1->v2:
- Add pr_err() when fails to create udp v4 sock.
v2->v3:
- Add 'select NET_UDP_TUNNEL' in sctp Kconfig.
v3->v4:
- No change.
v4->v5:
- Change to set udp_port to 0 by default.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Some identifiers have different names between their prototypes
and the kernel-doc markup.
Others need to be fixed, as kernel-doc markups should use this format:
identifier - description
In the specific case of __sta_info_flush(), add a documentation
for sta_info_flush(), as this one is the one used outside
sta_info.c.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/978d35eef2dc76e21c81931804e4eaefbd6d635e.1603469755.git.mchehab+huawei@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are no known users of this driver as of October 2020, and it will
be removed unless someone turns out to still need it in future releases.
According to https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_WiMAX_networks, there
have been many public wimax networks, but it appears that many of these
have migrated to LTE or discontinued their service altogether.
As most PCs and phones lack WiMAX hardware support, the remaining
networks tend to use standalone routers. These almost certainly
run Linux, but not a modern kernel or the mainline wimax driver stack.
NetworkManager appears to have dropped userspace support in 2015
https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=747846, the
www.linuxwimax.org
site had already shut down earlier.
WiMax is apparently still being deployed on airport campus networks
("AeroMACS"), but in a frequency band that was not supported by the old
Intel 2400m (used in Sandy Bridge laptops and earlier), which is the
only driver using the kernel's wimax stack.
Move all files into drivers/staging/wimax, including the uapi header
files and documentation, to make it easier to remove it when it gets
to that. Only minimal changes are made to the source files, in order
to make it possible to port patches across the move.
Also remove the MAINTAINERS entry that refers to a broken mailing
list and website.
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Acked-By: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Suggested-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fix a possible memory leak at xsk socket close that is caused by the
refcounting of the umem object being wrong. The reference count of the
umem was decremented only after the pool had been freed. Note that if
the buffer pool is destroyed, it is important that the umem is
destroyed after the pool, otherwise the umem would disappear while the
driver is still running. And as the buffer pool needs to be destroyed
in a work queue, the umem is also (if its refcount reaches zero)
destroyed after the buffer pool in that same work queue.
What was missing is that the refcount also needs to be decremented
when the pool is not freed and when the pool has not even been
created. The first case happens when the refcount of the pool is
higher than 1, i.e. it is still being used by some other socket using
the same device and queue id. In this case, it is safe to decrement
the refcount of the umem outside of the work queue as the umem will
never be freed because the refcount of the umem is always greater than
or equal to the refcount of the buffer pool. The second case is if the
buffer pool has not been created yet, i.e. the socket was closed
before it was bound but after the umem was created. In this case, it
is safe to destroy the umem outside of the work queue, since there is
no pool that can use it by definition.
Fixes: 1c1efc2af1 ("xsk: Create and free buffer pool independently from umem")
Reported-by: syzbot+eb71df123dc2be2c1456@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Signed-off-by: Magnus Karlsson <magnus.karlsson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/1603801921-2712-1-git-send-email-magnus.karlsson@gmail.com
Cross-tree/merge window issues:
- rtl8150: don't incorrectly assign random MAC addresses; fix late
in the 5.9 cycle started depending on a return code from
a function which changed with the 5.10 PR from the usb subsystem
Current release - regressions:
- Revert "virtio-net: ethtool configurable RXCSUM", it was causing
crashes at probe when control vq was not negotiated/available
Previous releases - regressions:
- ixgbe: fix probing of multi-port 10 Gigabit Intel NICs with an MDIO
bus, only first device would be probed correctly
- nexthop: Fix performance regression in nexthop deletion by
effectively switching from recently added synchronize_rcu()
to synchronize_rcu_expedited()
- netsec: ignore 'phy-mode' device property on ACPI systems;
the property is not populated correctly by the firmware,
but firmware configures the PHY so just keep boot settings
Previous releases - always broken:
- tcp: fix to update snd_wl1 in bulk receiver fast path, addressing
bulk transfers getting "stuck"
- icmp: randomize the global rate limiter to prevent attackers from
getting useful signal
- r8169: fix operation under forced interrupt threading, make the
driver always use hard irqs, even on RT, given the handler is
light and only wants to schedule napi (and do so through
a _irqoff() variant, preferably)
- bpf: Enforce pointer id generation for all may-be-null register
type to avoid pointers erroneously getting marked as null-checked
- tipc: re-configure queue limit for broadcast link
- net/sched: act_tunnel_key: fix OOB write in case of IPv6 ERSPAN
tunnels
- fix various issues in chelsio inline tls driver
Misc:
- bpf: improve just-added bpf_redirect_neigh() helper api to support
supplying nexthop by the caller - in case BPF program has already
done a lookup we can avoid doing another one
- remove unnecessary break statements
- make MCTCP not select IPV6, but rather depend on it
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=ceke
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'net-5.10-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net
Pull networking fixes from Jakub Kicinski:
"Cross-tree/merge window issues:
- rtl8150: don't incorrectly assign random MAC addresses; fix late in
the 5.9 cycle started depending on a return code from a function
which changed with the 5.10 PR from the usb subsystem
Current release regressions:
- Revert "virtio-net: ethtool configurable RXCSUM", it was causing
crashes at probe when control vq was not negotiated/available
Previous release regressions:
- ixgbe: fix probing of multi-port 10 Gigabit Intel NICs with an MDIO
bus, only first device would be probed correctly
- nexthop: Fix performance regression in nexthop deletion by
effectively switching from recently added synchronize_rcu() to
synchronize_rcu_expedited()
- netsec: ignore 'phy-mode' device property on ACPI systems; the
property is not populated correctly by the firmware, but firmware
configures the PHY so just keep boot settings
Previous releases - always broken:
- tcp: fix to update snd_wl1 in bulk receiver fast path, addressing
bulk transfers getting "stuck"
- icmp: randomize the global rate limiter to prevent attackers from
getting useful signal
- r8169: fix operation under forced interrupt threading, make the
driver always use hard irqs, even on RT, given the handler is light
and only wants to schedule napi (and do so through a _irqoff()
variant, preferably)
- bpf: Enforce pointer id generation for all may-be-null register
type to avoid pointers erroneously getting marked as null-checked
- tipc: re-configure queue limit for broadcast link
- net/sched: act_tunnel_key: fix OOB write in case of IPv6 ERSPAN
tunnels
- fix various issues in chelsio inline tls driver
Misc:
- bpf: improve just-added bpf_redirect_neigh() helper api to support
supplying nexthop by the caller - in case BPF program has already
done a lookup we can avoid doing another one
- remove unnecessary break statements
- make MCTCP not select IPV6, but rather depend on it"
* tag 'net-5.10-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net: (62 commits)
tcp: fix to update snd_wl1 in bulk receiver fast path
net: Properly typecast int values to set sk_max_pacing_rate
netfilter: nf_fwd_netdev: clear timestamp in forwarding path
ibmvnic: save changed mac address to adapter->mac_addr
selftests: mptcp: depends on built-in IPv6
Revert "virtio-net: ethtool configurable RXCSUM"
rtnetlink: fix data overflow in rtnl_calcit()
net: ethernet: mtk-star-emac: select REGMAP_MMIO
net: hdlc_raw_eth: Clear the IFF_TX_SKB_SHARING flag after calling ether_setup
net: hdlc: In hdlc_rcv, check to make sure dev is an HDLC device
bpf, libbpf: Guard bpf inline asm from bpf_tail_call_static
bpf, selftests: Extend test_tc_redirect to use modified bpf_redirect_neigh()
bpf: Fix bpf_redirect_neigh helper api to support supplying nexthop
mptcp: depends on IPV6 but not as a module
sfc: move initialisation of efx->filter_sem to efx_init_struct()
mpls: load mpls_gso after mpls_iptunnel
net/sched: act_tunnel_key: fix OOB write in case of IPv6 ERSPAN tunnels
net/sched: act_gate: Unlock ->tcfa_lock in tc_setup_flow_action()
net: dsa: bcm_sf2: make const array static, makes object smaller
mptcp: MPTCP_IPV6 should depend on IPV6 instead of selecting it
...
This patch fixes the issue due to:
BUG: KASAN: slab-out-of-bounds in nft_flow_rule_create+0x622/0x6a2
net/netfilter/nf_tables_offload.c:40
Read of size 8 at addr ffff888103910b58 by task syz-executor227/16244
The error happens when expr->ops is accessed early on before performing the boundary check and after nft_expr_next() moves the expr to go out-of-bounds.
This patch checks the boundary condition before expr->ops that fixes the slab-out-of-bounds Read issue.
Add nft_expr_more() and use it to fix this problem.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mirzamohammadi <saeed.mirzamohammadi@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=26wi
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'docs/v5.10-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media
Pull documentation updates from Mauro Carvalho Chehab:
"A series of patches addressing warnings produced by make htmldocs.
This includes:
- kernel-doc markup fixes
- ReST fixes
- Updates at the build system in order to support newer versions of
the docs build toolchain (Sphinx)
After this series, the number of html build warnings should reduce
significantly, and building with Sphinx 3.1 or later should now be
supported (although it is still recommended to use Sphinx 2.4.4).
As agreed with Jon, I should be sending you a late pull request by the
end of the merge window addressing remaining issues with docs build,
as there are a number of warning fixes that depends on pull requests
that should be happening along the merge window.
The end goal is to have a clean htmldocs build on Kernel 5.10.
PS. It should be noticed that Sphinx 3.0 is not currently supported,
as it lacks support for C domain namespaces. Such feature, needed in
order to document uAPI system calls with Sphinx 3.x, was added only on
Sphinx 3.1"
* tag 'docs/v5.10-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-media: (75 commits)
PM / devfreq: remove a duplicated kernel-doc markup
mm/doc: fix a literal block markup
workqueue: fix a kernel-doc warning
docs: virt: user_mode_linux_howto_v2.rst: fix a literal block markup
Input: sparse-keymap: add a description for @sw
rcu/tree: docs: document bkvcache new members at struct kfree_rcu_cpu
nl80211: docs: add a description for s1g_cap parameter
usb: docs: document altmode register/unregister functions
kunit: test.h: fix a bad kernel-doc markup
drivers: core: fix kernel-doc markup for dev_err_probe()
docs: bio: fix a kerneldoc markup
kunit: test.h: solve kernel-doc warnings
block: bio: fix a warning at the kernel-doc markups
docs: powerpc: syscall64-abi.rst: fix a malformed table
drivers: net: hamradio: fix document location
net: appletalk: Kconfig: Fix docs location
dt-bindings: fix references to files converted to yaml
memblock: get rid of a :c:type leftover
math64.h: kernel-docs: Convert some markups into normal comments
media: uAPI: buffer.rst: remove a left-over documentation
...
Add redirect_neigh() BPF packet redirect helper, allowing to limit stack
traversal in common container configs and improving TCP back-pressure.
Daniel reports ~10Gbps => ~15Gbps single stream TCP performance gain.
Expand netlink policy support and improve policy export to user space.
(Ge)netlink core performs request validation according to declared
policies. Expand the expressiveness of those policies (min/max length
and bitmasks). Allow dumping policies for particular commands.
This is used for feature discovery by user space (instead of kernel
version parsing or trial and error).
Support IGMPv3/MLDv2 multicast listener discovery protocols in bridge.
Allow more than 255 IPv4 multicast interfaces.
Add support for Type of Service (ToS) reflection in SYN/SYN-ACK
packets of TCPv6.
In Multi-patch TCP (MPTCP) support concurrent transmission of data
on multiple subflows in a load balancing scenario. Enhance advertising
addresses via the RM_ADDR/ADD_ADDR options.
Support SMC-Dv2 version of SMC, which enables multi-subnet deployments.
Allow more calls to same peer in RxRPC.
Support two new Controller Area Network (CAN) protocols -
CAN-FD and ISO 15765-2:2016.
Add xfrm/IPsec compat layer, solving the 32bit user space on 64bit
kernel problem.
Add TC actions for implementing MPLS L2 VPNs.
Improve nexthop code - e.g. handle various corner cases when nexthop
objects are removed from groups better, skip unnecessary notifications
and make it easier to offload nexthops into HW by converting
to a blocking notifier.
Support adding and consuming TCP header options by BPF programs,
opening the doors for easy experimental and deployment-specific
TCP option use.
Reorganize TCP congestion control (CC) initialization to simplify life
of TCP CC implemented in BPF.
Add support for shipping BPF programs with the kernel and loading them
early on boot via the User Mode Driver mechanism, hence reusing all the
user space infra we have.
Support sleepable BPF programs, initially targeting LSM and tracing.
Add bpf_d_path() helper for returning full path for given 'struct path'.
Make bpf_tail_call compatible with bpf-to-bpf calls.
Allow BPF programs to call map_update_elem on sockmaps.
Add BPF Type Format (BTF) support for type and enum discovery, as
well as support for using BTF within the kernel itself (current use
is for pretty printing structures).
Support listing and getting information about bpf_links via the bpf
syscall.
Enhance kernel interfaces around NIC firmware update. Allow specifying
overwrite mask to control if settings etc. are reset during update;
report expected max time operation may take to users; support firmware
activation without machine reboot incl. limits of how much impact
reset may have (e.g. dropping link or not).
Extend ethtool configuration interface to report IEEE-standard
counters, to limit the need for per-vendor logic in user space.
Adopt or extend devlink use for debug, monitoring, fw update
in many drivers (dsa loop, ice, ionic, sja1105, qed, mlxsw,
mv88e6xxx, dpaa2-eth).
In mlxsw expose critical and emergency SFP module temperature alarms.
Refactor port buffer handling to make the defaults more suitable and
support setting these values explicitly via the DCBNL interface.
Add XDP support for Intel's igb driver.
Support offloading TC flower classification and filtering rules to
mscc_ocelot switches.
Add PTP support for Marvell Octeontx2 and PP2.2 hardware, as well as
fixed interval period pulse generator and one-step timestamping in
dpaa-eth.
Add support for various auth offloads in WiFi APs, e.g. SAE (WPA3)
offload.
Add Lynx PHY/PCS MDIO module, and convert various drivers which have
this HW to use it. Convert mvpp2 to split PCS.
Support Marvell Prestera 98DX3255 24-port switch ASICs, as well as
7-port Mediatek MT7531 IP.
Add initial support for QCA6390 and IPQ6018 in ath11k WiFi driver,
and wcn3680 support in wcn36xx.
Improve performance for packets which don't require much offloads
on recent Mellanox NICs by 20% by making multiple packets share
a descriptor entry.
Move chelsio inline crypto drivers (for TLS and IPsec) from the crypto
subtree to drivers/net. Move MDIO drivers out of the phy directory.
Clean up a lot of W=1 warnings, reportedly the actively developed
subsections of networking drivers should now build W=1 warning free.
Make sure drivers don't use in_interrupt() to dynamically adapt their
code. Convert tasklets to use new tasklet_setup API (sadly this
conversion is not yet complete).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=bc1U
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'net-next-5.10' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net-next
Pull networking updates from Jakub Kicinski:
- Add redirect_neigh() BPF packet redirect helper, allowing to limit
stack traversal in common container configs and improving TCP
back-pressure.
Daniel reports ~10Gbps => ~15Gbps single stream TCP performance gain.
- Expand netlink policy support and improve policy export to user
space. (Ge)netlink core performs request validation according to
declared policies. Expand the expressiveness of those policies
(min/max length and bitmasks). Allow dumping policies for particular
commands. This is used for feature discovery by user space (instead
of kernel version parsing or trial and error).
- Support IGMPv3/MLDv2 multicast listener discovery protocols in
bridge.
- Allow more than 255 IPv4 multicast interfaces.
- Add support for Type of Service (ToS) reflection in SYN/SYN-ACK
packets of TCPv6.
- In Multi-patch TCP (MPTCP) support concurrent transmission of data on
multiple subflows in a load balancing scenario. Enhance advertising
addresses via the RM_ADDR/ADD_ADDR options.
- Support SMC-Dv2 version of SMC, which enables multi-subnet
deployments.
- Allow more calls to same peer in RxRPC.
- Support two new Controller Area Network (CAN) protocols - CAN-FD and
ISO 15765-2:2016.
- Add xfrm/IPsec compat layer, solving the 32bit user space on 64bit
kernel problem.
- Add TC actions for implementing MPLS L2 VPNs.
- Improve nexthop code - e.g. handle various corner cases when nexthop
objects are removed from groups better, skip unnecessary
notifications and make it easier to offload nexthops into HW by
converting to a blocking notifier.
- Support adding and consuming TCP header options by BPF programs,
opening the doors for easy experimental and deployment-specific TCP
option use.
- Reorganize TCP congestion control (CC) initialization to simplify
life of TCP CC implemented in BPF.
- Add support for shipping BPF programs with the kernel and loading
them early on boot via the User Mode Driver mechanism, hence reusing
all the user space infra we have.
- Support sleepable BPF programs, initially targeting LSM and tracing.
- Add bpf_d_path() helper for returning full path for given 'struct
path'.
- Make bpf_tail_call compatible with bpf-to-bpf calls.
- Allow BPF programs to call map_update_elem on sockmaps.
- Add BPF Type Format (BTF) support for type and enum discovery, as
well as support for using BTF within the kernel itself (current use
is for pretty printing structures).
- Support listing and getting information about bpf_links via the bpf
syscall.
- Enhance kernel interfaces around NIC firmware update. Allow
specifying overwrite mask to control if settings etc. are reset
during update; report expected max time operation may take to users;
support firmware activation without machine reboot incl. limits of
how much impact reset may have (e.g. dropping link or not).
- Extend ethtool configuration interface to report IEEE-standard
counters, to limit the need for per-vendor logic in user space.
- Adopt or extend devlink use for debug, monitoring, fw update in many
drivers (dsa loop, ice, ionic, sja1105, qed, mlxsw, mv88e6xxx,
dpaa2-eth).
- In mlxsw expose critical and emergency SFP module temperature alarms.
Refactor port buffer handling to make the defaults more suitable and
support setting these values explicitly via the DCBNL interface.
- Add XDP support for Intel's igb driver.
- Support offloading TC flower classification and filtering rules to
mscc_ocelot switches.
- Add PTP support for Marvell Octeontx2 and PP2.2 hardware, as well as
fixed interval period pulse generator and one-step timestamping in
dpaa-eth.
- Add support for various auth offloads in WiFi APs, e.g. SAE (WPA3)
offload.
- Add Lynx PHY/PCS MDIO module, and convert various drivers which have
this HW to use it. Convert mvpp2 to split PCS.
- Support Marvell Prestera 98DX3255 24-port switch ASICs, as well as
7-port Mediatek MT7531 IP.
- Add initial support for QCA6390 and IPQ6018 in ath11k WiFi driver,
and wcn3680 support in wcn36xx.
- Improve performance for packets which don't require much offloads on
recent Mellanox NICs by 20% by making multiple packets share a
descriptor entry.
- Move chelsio inline crypto drivers (for TLS and IPsec) from the
crypto subtree to drivers/net. Move MDIO drivers out of the phy
directory.
- Clean up a lot of W=1 warnings, reportedly the actively developed
subsections of networking drivers should now build W=1 warning free.
- Make sure drivers don't use in_interrupt() to dynamically adapt their
code. Convert tasklets to use new tasklet_setup API (sadly this
conversion is not yet complete).
* tag 'net-next-5.10' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net-next: (2583 commits)
Revert "bpfilter: Fix build error with CONFIG_BPFILTER_UMH"
net, sockmap: Don't call bpf_prog_put() on NULL pointer
bpf, selftest: Fix flaky tcp_hdr_options test when adding addr to lo
bpf, sockmap: Add locking annotations to iterator
netfilter: nftables: allow re-computing sctp CRC-32C in 'payload' statements
net: fix pos incrementment in ipv6_route_seq_next
net/smc: fix invalid return code in smcd_new_buf_create()
net/smc: fix valid DMBE buffer sizes
net/smc: fix use-after-free of delayed events
bpfilter: Fix build error with CONFIG_BPFILTER_UMH
cxgb4/ch_ipsec: Replace the module name to ch_ipsec from chcr
net: sched: Fix suspicious RCU usage while accessing tcf_tunnel_info
bpf: Fix register equivalence tracking.
rxrpc: Fix loss of final ack on shutdown
rxrpc: Fix bundle counting for exclusive connections
netfilter: restore NF_INET_NUMHOOKS
ibmveth: Identify ingress large send packets.
ibmveth: Switch order of ibmveth_helper calls.
cxgb4: handle 4-tuple PEDIT to NAT mode translation
selftests: Add VRF route leaking tests
...
Minor conflicts in net/mptcp/protocol.h and
tools/testing/selftests/net/Makefile.
In both cases code was added on both sides in the same place
so just keep both.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Changeset df78a0c0b6 ("nl80211: S1G band and channel definitions")
added a new parameter, but didn't add the corresponding kernel-doc
markup, as repoted when doing "make htmldocs":
./include/net/cfg80211.h:471: warning: Function parameter or member 's1g_cap' not described in 'ieee80211_supported_band'
Add a documentation for it.
Fixes: df78a0c0b6 ("nl80211: S1G band and channel definitions")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab+huawei@kernel.org>
This definition is used by the iptables legacy UAPI, restore it.
Fixes: d3519cb89f ("netfilter: nf_tables: add inet ingress support")
Reported-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Tested-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Dump vlan tag and proto for the usual vlan offload case if the
NF_LOG_MACDECODE flag is set on. Without this information the logging is
misleading as there is no reference to the VLAN header.
[12716.993704] test: IN=veth0 OUT= MACSRC=86:6c:92:ea:d6:73 MACDST=0e:3b:eb:86:73:76 VPROTO=8100 VID=10 MACPROTO=0800 SRC=192.168.10.2 DST=172.217.168.163 LEN=52 TOS=0x00 PREC=0x00 TTL=64 ID=2548 DF PROTO=TCP SPT=55848 DPT=80 WINDOW=501 RES=0x00 ACK FIN URGP=0
[12721.157643] test: IN=veth0 OUT= MACSRC=86:6c:92:ea:d6:73 MACDST=0e:3b:eb:86:73:76 VPROTO=8100 VID=10 MACPROTO=0806 ARP HTYPE=1 PTYPE=0x0800 OPCODE=2 MACSRC=86:6c:92:ea:d6:73 IPSRC=192.168.10.2 MACDST=0e:3b:eb:86:73:76 IPDST=192.168.10.1
Fixes: 83e96d443b ("netfilter: log: split family specific code to nf_log_{ip,ip6,common}.c files")
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull copy_and_csum cleanups from Al Viro:
"Saner calling conventions for csum_and_copy_..._user() and friends"
[ Removing 800+ lines of code and cleaning stuff up is good - Linus ]
* 'work.csum_and_copy' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
ppc: propagate the calling conventions change down to csum_partial_copy_generic()
amd64: switch csum_partial_copy_generic() to new calling conventions
sparc64: propagate the calling convention changes down to __csum_partial_copy_...()
xtensa: propagate the calling conventions change down into csum_partial_copy_generic()
mips: propagate the calling convention change down into __csum_partial_copy_..._user()
mips: __csum_partial_copy_kernel() has no users left
mips: csum_and_copy_{to,from}_user() are never called under KERNEL_DS
sparc32: propagate the calling conventions change down to __csum_partial_copy_sparc_generic()
i386: propagate the calling conventions change down to csum_partial_copy_generic()
sh: propage the calling conventions change down to csum_partial_copy_generic()
m68k: get rid of zeroing destination on error in csum_and_copy_from_user()
arm: propagate the calling convention changes down to csum_partial_copy_from_user()
alpha: propagate the calling convention changes down to csum_partial_copy.c helpers
saner calling conventions for csum_and_copy_..._user()
csum_and_copy_..._user(): pass 0xffffffff instead of 0 as initial sum
csum_partial_copy_nocheck(): drop the last argument
unify generic instances of csum_partial_copy_nocheck()
icmp_push_reply(): reorder adding the checksum up
skb_copy_and_csum_bits(): don't bother with the last argument
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-10-12
The main changes are:
1) The BPF verifier improvements to track register allocation pattern, from Alexei and Yonghong.
2) libbpf relocation support for different size load/store, from Andrii.
3) bpf_redirect_peer() helper and support for inner map array with different max_entries, from Daniel.
4) BPF support for per-cpu variables, form Hao.
5) sockmap improvements, from John.
====================
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next:
1) Inspect the reply packets coming from DR/TUN and refresh connection
state and timeout, from longguang yue and Julian Anastasov.
2) Series to add support for the inet ingress chain type in nf_tables.
====================
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
This patch adds a new ingress hook for the inet family. The inet ingress
hook emulates the IP receive path code, therefore, unclean packets are
drop before walking over the ruleset in this basechain.
This patch also introduces the nft_base_chain_netdev() helper function
to check if this hook is bound to one or more devices (through the hook
list infrastructure). This check allows to perform the same handling for
the inet ingress as it would be a netdev ingress chain from the control
plane.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* fixes for the recent S1G work
* a docbook build time improvement
* API to pass beacon rate to lower-level driver
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=TrMG
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-net-next-2020-10-08' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
A handful of changes:
* fixes for the recent S1G work
* a docbook build time improvement
* API to pass beacon rate to lower-level driver
====================
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add a new attribute NLMSGERR_ATTR_POLICY to the extended ACK
to advertise the policy, e.g. if an attribute was out of range,
you'll know the range that's permissible.
Add new NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR_POL() and NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR_POL()
macros to set this, since realistically it's only useful to do
this when the bad attribute (offset) is also returned.
Use it in lib/nlattr.c which practically does all the policy
validation.
v2:
- add and use netlink_policy_dump_attr_size_estimate()
v3:
- remove redundant break
v4:
- really remove redundant break ... sorry
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Remove one of the two instances of the function prototype for
tls_validate_xmit_skb().
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: Boris Pismenny <borisp@nvidia.com>
Cc: Aviad Yehezkel <aviadye@nvidia.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The enable_remote_dev_reset devlink param flags that the host admin
allows device resets that can be initiated by other hosts. This
parameter is useful for setups where a device is shared by different
hosts, such as multi-host setup. Once the user set this parameter to
false, the driver should NACK any attempt to reset the device while the
driver is loaded.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add remote reload stats to hold the history of actions performed due
devlink reload commands initiated by remote host. For example, in case
firmware activation with reset finished successfully but was initiated
by remote host.
The function devlink_remote_reload_actions_performed() is exported to
enable drivers update on remote reload actions performed as it was not
initiated by their own devlink instance.
Expose devlink remote reload stats to the user through devlink dev get
command.
Examples:
$ devlink dev show
pci/0000:82:00.0:
stats:
reload:
driver_reinit 2 fw_activate 1 fw_activate_no_reset 0
remote_reload:
driver_reinit 0 fw_activate 0 fw_activate_no_reset 0
pci/0000:82:00.1:
stats:
reload:
driver_reinit 1 fw_activate 0 fw_activate_no_reset 0
remote_reload:
driver_reinit 1 fw_activate 1 fw_activate_no_reset 0
$ devlink dev show -jp
{
"dev": {
"pci/0000:82:00.0": {
"stats": {
"reload": {
"driver_reinit": 2,
"fw_activate": 1,
"fw_activate_no_reset": 0
},
"remote_reload": {
"driver_reinit": 0,
"fw_activate": 0,
"fw_activate_no_reset": 0
}
}
},
"pci/0000:82:00.1": {
"stats": {
"reload": {
"driver_reinit": 1,
"fw_activate": 0,
"fw_activate_no_reset": 0
},
"remote_reload": {
"driver_reinit": 1,
"fw_activate": 1,
"fw_activate_no_reset": 0
}
}
}
}
}
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add reload stats to hold the history per reload action type and limit.
For example, the number of times fw_activate has been performed on this
device since the driver module was added or if the firmware activation
was performed with or without reset.
Add devlink notification on stats update.
Expose devlink reload stats to the user through devlink dev get command.
Examples:
$ devlink dev show
pci/0000:82:00.0:
stats:
reload:
driver_reinit 2 fw_activate 1 fw_activate_no_reset 0
pci/0000:82:00.1:
stats:
reload:
driver_reinit 1 fw_activate 0 fw_activate_no_reset 0
$ devlink dev show -jp
{
"dev": {
"pci/0000:82:00.0": {
"stats": {
"reload": {
"driver_reinit": 2,
"fw_activate": 1,
"fw_activate_no_reset": 0
}
}
},
"pci/0000:82:00.1": {
"stats": {
"reload": {
"driver_reinit": 1,
"fw_activate": 0,
"fw_activate_no_reset": 0
}
}
}
}
}
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add reload limit to demand restrictions on reload actions.
Reload limits supported:
no_reset: No reset allowed, no down time allowed, no link flap and no
configuration is lost.
By default reload limit is unspecified and so no constraints on reload
actions are required.
Some combinations of action and limit are invalid. For example, driver
can not reinitialize its entities without any downtime.
The no_reset reload limit will have usecase in this patchset to
implement restricted fw_activate on mlx5.
Have the uapi parameter of reload limit ready for future support of
multiselection.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Add devlink reload action to allow the user to request a specific reload
action. The action parameter is optional, if not specified then devlink
driver re-init action is used (backward compatible).
Note that when required to do firmware activation some drivers may need
to reload the driver. On the other hand some drivers may need to reset
the firmware to reinitialize the driver entities. Therefore, the devlink
reload command returns the actions which were actually performed.
Reload actions supported are:
driver_reinit: driver entities re-initialization, applying devlink-param
and devlink-resource values.
fw_activate: firmware activate.
command examples:
$devlink dev reload pci/0000:82:00.0 action driver_reinit
reload_actions_performed:
driver_reinit
$devlink dev reload pci/0000:82:00.0 action fw_activate
reload_actions_performed:
driver_reinit fw_activate
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
kmalloc() of sufficiently big portion of memory is cache-aligned
in regular conditions. If some debugging options are used,
there is no reason qdisc structures would need 64-byte alignment
if most other kernel structures are not aligned.
This get rid of QDISC_ALIGN and QDISC_ALIGNTO.
Addition of privdata field will help implementing
the reverse of qdisc_priv() and documents where
the private data is.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Allen Pais <allen.lkml@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
The user is allowed to change beacon tx rate (HT/VHT/HE) from hostapd.
This information needs to be passed to the driver when the rate control
is offloaded to the firmware. The driver capability of allowing beacon
rate is already validated in cfg80211, so simply passing the rate
information to the driver is enough.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1601762658-15627-1-git-send-email-rmanohar@codeaurora.org
[adjust commit message slightly]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We don't have good validation policy for existing unsigned int attrs
which serve as flags (for new ones we could use NLA_BITFIELD32).
With increased use of policy dumping having the validation be
expressed as part of the policy is important. Add validation
policy in form of a mask of supported/valid bits.
Support u64 in the uAPI to be future-proof, but really for now
the embedded mask member can only hold 32 bits, so anything with
bit 32+ set will always fail validation.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a number of policies which check if type is a uint or sint.
Factor the checking against the list of value sizes to a helper
for easier reuse.
v2: - new patch
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rejecting non-native endian BTF overlapped with the addition
of support for it.
The rest were more simple overlapping changes, except the
renesas ravb binding update, which had to follow a file
move as well as a YAML conversion.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A driver may refuse to enable VLAN filtering for any reason beyond what
the DSA framework cares about, such as:
- having tc-flower rules that rely on the switch being VLAN-aware
- the particular switch does not support VLAN, even if the driver does
(the DSA framework just checks for the presence of the .port_vlan_add
and .port_vlan_del pointers)
- simply not supporting this configuration to be toggled at runtime
Currently, when a driver rejects a configuration it cannot support, it
does this from the commit phase, which triggers various warnings in
switchdev.
So propagate the prepare phase to drivers, to give them the ability to
refuse invalid configurations cleanly and avoid the warnings.
Since we need to modify all function prototypes and check for the
prepare phase from within the drivers, take that opportunity and move
the existing driver restrictions within the prepare phase where that is
possible and easy.
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com>
Cc: Microchip Linux Driver Support <UNGLinuxDriver@microchip.com>
Cc: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com>
Cc: Landen Chao <Landen.Chao@mediatek.com>
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com>
Cc: Jonathan McDowell <noodles@earth.li>
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Cc: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Cc: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hide away from DSA drivers how devlink works.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow DSA drivers to make use of devlink port regions, via simple
wrappers.
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API
is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a
port region as opposed to a device region.
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA drivers want to create regions on devlink ports as well as the
devlink device instance, in order to export registers and other tables
per port. To keep all this code together in the drivers, have the
devlink ports registered early, so the setup() method can setup both
device and port devlink regions.
v3:
Remove dp->setup
Move common code out of switch statement.
Fix wrong goto
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next:
1) Rename 'searched' column to 'clashres' in conntrack /proc/ stats
to amend a recent patch, from Florian Westphal.
2) Remove unused nft_data_debug(), from YueHaibing.
3) Remove unused definitions in IPVS, also from YueHaibing.
4) Fix user data memleak in tables and objects, this is also amending
a recent patch, from Jose M. Guisado.
5) Use nla_memdup() to allocate user data in table and objects, also
from Jose M. Guisado
6) User data support for chains, from Jose M. Guisado
7) Remove unused definition in nf_tables_offload, from YueHaibing.
8) Use kvzalloc() in ip_set_alloc(), from Vasily Averin.
9) Fix false positive reported by lockdep in nfnetlink mutexes,
from Florian Westphal.
10) Extend fast variant of cmp for neq operation, from Phil Sutter.
11) Implement fast bitwise variant, also from Phil Sutter.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A typical use of bitwise expression is to mask out parts of an IP
address when matching on the network part only. Optimize for this common
use with a fast variant for NFT_BITWISE_BOOL-type expressions operating
on 32bit-sized values.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add a boolean indicating NFT_CMP_NEQ. To include it into the match
decision, it is sufficient to XOR it with the data comparison's result.
While being at it, store the mask that is calculated during expression
init and free the eval routine from having to recalculate it each time.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Implement TCA_VLAN_ACT_POP_ETH and TCA_VLAN_ACT_PUSH_ETH, to
respectively pop and push a base Ethernet header at the beginning of a
frame.
POP_ETH is just a matter of pulling ETH_HLEN bytes. VLAN tags, if any,
must be stripped before calling POP_ETH.
PUSH_ETH is restricted to skbs with no mac_header, and only the MAC
addresses can be configured. The Ethertype is automatically set from
skb->protocol. These restrictions ensure that all skb's fields remain
consistent, so that this action can't confuse other part of the
networking stack (like GSO).
Since openvswitch already had these actions, consolidate the code in
skbuff.c (like for vlan and mpls push/pop).
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <gnault@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rework the policy dump code a bit to support adding multiple
policies to a single dump, in order to e.g. support per-op
policies in generic netlink.
v2:
- move kernel-doc to implementation [Jakub]
- squash the first patch to not flip-flop on the prototype
[Jakub]
- merge netlink_policy_dump_get_policy_idx() with the old
get_policy_idx() we already had
- rebase without Jakub's patch to have per-op dump
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add policy to the struct genl_ops structure, this time
with maxattr, so it can be used properly.
Propagate .policy and .maxattr from the family
in genl_get_cmd() if needed, this way the rest of the
code does not have to worry if the policy is per op
or global.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever netlink dump uses more than 2 cb->args[] entries
code gets hard to read. We're about to add more state to
ctrl_dumppolicy() so create a structure.
Since the structure is typed and clearly named we can remove
the local fam_id variable and use ctx->fam_id directly.
v3:
- rebase onto explicit free fix
v1:
- s/nl_policy_dump/netlink_policy_dump_state/
- forward declare struct netlink_policy_dump_state,
and move from passing unsigned long to actual pointer type
- add build bug on
- u16 fam_id
- s/args/ctx/
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We want to add maxattr and policy back to genl_ops, to enable
dumping per command policy to user space. This, however, would
cause bloat for all the families with global policies. Introduce
smaller version of ops (half the size of genl_ops). Translate
these smaller ops into a full blown struct before use in the
core.
v1:
- use struct assignment
- put a full copy of the op in struct genl_dumpit_info
- s/light/small/
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are holes and oversized members in struct genl_family.
Before: /* size: 104, cachelines: 2, members: 16 */
After: /* size: 88, cachelines: 2, members: 16 */
The command field in struct genlmsghdr is a u8, so no point
in the operation count being 32 bit. Also operation 0 is
usually undefined, so we only need 255 entries.
netnsok and parallel_ops are only ever initialized to true.
We can grow the fields as needed, compiler should warn us
if someone tries to assign larger constants.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new devlink callback, .trap_group_action_set(), which can be used
by device drivers which do not support controlling the action (drop,
trap) on each trap but rather on the entire group trap.
If this new callback is populated, it will take precedence over the
.trap_action_set() callback when the user requests a change of all the
traps in a group.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add parser error drop packet traps, so that capable device driver could
register them with devlink. The new packet trap group holds any drops of
packets which were marked by the device as erroneous during header
parsing. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap
group.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* lots more S1G band support
* 6 GHz scanning, finally
* kernel-doc fixes
* non-split wiphy dump fixes in nl80211
* various other small cleanups/features
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=B9Xl
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-net-next-2020-10-02' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Another set of changes, this time with:
* lots more S1G band support
* 6 GHz scanning, finally
* kernel-doc fixes
* non-split wiphy dump fixes in nl80211
* various other small cleanups/features
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a DSA switch driver needs to call dsa_untag_bridge_pvid(), it can
set dsa_switch::untag_brige_pvid to indicate this is necessary.
This is a pre-requisite to making sure that we are always calling
dsa_untag_bridge_pvid() after eth_type_trans() has been called.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2020-10-02
1) Add a full xfrm compatible layer for 32-bit applications on
64-bit kernels. From Dmitry Safonov.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
[ Upstream commit a95bc734e6 ]
If userspace doesn't complete the policy dump, we leak the
allocated state. Fix this.
Fixes: d07dcf9aad ("netlink: add infrastructure to expose policies to userspace")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If userspace doesn't complete the policy dump, we leak the
allocated state. Fix this.
Fixes: d07dcf9aad ("netlink: add infrastructure to expose policies to userspace")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 0813a84156 ("bpf: tcp: Allow bpf prog to write and parse TCP header option")
unnecessarily introduced bpf_skops_init_child() which limited the child
sk from inheriting all bpf_sock_ops_cb_flags of the listen sk. That
breaks existing user expectation.
This patch removes the bpf_skops_init_child() and just allows
sock_copy() to do its job to copy everything from listen sk to
the child sk.
Fixes: 0813a84156 ("bpf: tcp: Allow bpf prog to write and parse TCP header option")
Reported-by: Stanislav Fomichev <sdf@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20201002013448.2542025-1-kafai@fb.com
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-10-01
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 90 non-merge commits during the last 8 day(s) which contain
a total of 103 files changed, 7662 insertions(+), 1894 deletions(-).
Note that once bpf(/net) tree gets merged into net-next, there will be a small
merge conflict in tools/lib/bpf/btf.c between commit 1245008122 ("libbpf: Fix
native endian assumption when parsing BTF") from the bpf tree and the commit
3289959b97 ("libbpf: Support BTF loading and raw data output in both endianness")
from the bpf-next tree. Correct resolution would be to stick with bpf-next, it
should look like:
[...]
/* check BTF magic */
if (fread(&magic, 1, sizeof(magic), f) < sizeof(magic)) {
err = -EIO;
goto err_out;
}
if (magic != BTF_MAGIC && magic != bswap_16(BTF_MAGIC)) {
/* definitely not a raw BTF */
err = -EPROTO;
goto err_out;
}
/* get file size */
[...]
The main changes are:
1) Add bpf_snprintf_btf() and bpf_seq_printf_btf() helpers to support displaying
BTF-based kernel data structures out of BPF programs, from Alan Maguire.
2) Speed up RCU tasks trace grace periods by a factor of 50 & fix a few race
conditions exposed by it. It was discussed to take these via BPF and
networking tree to get better testing exposure, from Paul E. McKenney.
3) Support multi-attach for freplace programs, needed for incremental attachment
of multiple XDP progs using libxdp dispatcher model, from Toke Høiland-Jørgensen.
4) libbpf support for appending new BTF types at the end of BTF object, allowing
intrusive changes of prog's BTF (useful for future linking), from Andrii Nakryiko.
5) Several BPF helper improvements e.g. avoid atomic op in cookie generator and add
a redirect helper into neighboring subsys, from Daniel Borkmann.
6) Allow map updates on sockmaps from bpf_iter context in order to migrate sockmaps
from one to another, from Lorenz Bauer.
7) Fix 32 bit to 64 bit assignment from latest alu32 bounds tracking which caused
a verifier issue due to type downgrade to scalar, from John Fastabend.
8) Follow-up on tail-call support in BPF subprogs which optimizes x64 JIT prologue
and epilogue sections, from Maciej Fijalkowski.
9) Add an option to perf RB map to improve sharing of event entries by avoiding remove-
on-close behavior. Also, add BPF_PROG_TEST_RUN for raw_tracepoint, from Song Liu.
10) Fix a crash in AF_XDP's socket_release when memory allocation for UMEMs fails,
from Magnus Karlsson.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, devlink called into drop monitor in order to report hardware
originated drops / exceptions. devlink intentionally filtered control
packets and did not pass them to drop monitor as they were not dropped
by the underlying hardware.
Now drop monitor registers its probe on a generic 'devlink_trap_report'
tracepoint and should therefore perform this filtering itself instead of
having devlink do that.
Add the trap type as metadata and have drop monitor ignore control
packets.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert drop monitor to use the recently introduced
'devlink_trap_report' tracepoint instead of having devlink call into
drop monitor.
This is both consistent with software originated drops ('kfree_skb'
tracepoint) and also allows drop monitor to be built as a module and
still report hardware originated drops.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a tracepoint for trap reports so that drop monitor could register
its probe on it. Use trace_devlink_trap_report_enabled() to avoid
wasting cycles setting the trap metadata if the tracepoint is not
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever host is under very high memory pressure,
__tcp_send_ack() skb allocation fails, and we setup
a 200 ms (TCP_DELACK_MAX) timer before retrying.
On hosts with high number of TCP sockets, we can spend
considerable amount of cpu cycles in these attempts,
add high pressure on various spinlocks in mm-layer,
ultimately blocking threads attempting to free space
from making any progress.
This patch adds standard exponential backoff to avoid
adding fuel to the fire.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP has been using it to work around the possibility of tcp_delack_timer()
finding the socket owned by user.
After commit 6f458dfb40 ("tcp: improve latencies of timer triggered events")
we added TCP_DELACK_TIMER_DEFERRED atomic bit for more immediate recovery,
so we can get rid of icsk_ack.blocked
This frees space that following patch will reuse.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With its use in BPF, the cookie generator can be called very frequently
in particular when used out of cgroup v2 hooks (e.g. connect / sendmsg)
and attached to the root cgroup, for example, when used in v1/v2 mixed
environments. In particular, when there's a high churn on sockets in the
system there can be many parallel requests to the bpf_get_socket_cookie()
and bpf_get_netns_cookie() helpers which then cause contention on the
atomic counter.
As similarly done in f991bd2e14 ("fs: introduce a per-cpu last_ino
allocator"), add a small helper library that both can use for the 64 bit
counters. Given this can be called from different contexts, we also need
to deal with potential nested calls even though in practice they are
considered extremely rare. One idea as suggested by Eric Dumazet was
to use a reverse counter for this situation since we don't expect 64 bit
overflows anyways; that way, we can avoid bigger gaps in the 64 bit
counter space compared to just batch-wise increase. Even on machines
with small number of cores (e.g. 4) the cookie generation shrinks from
min/max/med/avg (ns) of 22/50/40/38.9 down to 10/35/14/17.3 when run
in parallel from multiple CPUs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/8a80b8d27d3c49f9a14e1d5213c19d8be87d1dc8.1601477936.git.daniel@iogearbox.net
Enables storing userdata for nft_chain. Field udata points to user data
and udlen stores its length.
Adds new attribute flag NFTA_CHAIN_USERDATA.
Signed-off-by: Jose M. Guisado Gomez <guigom@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
While chasing in_interrupt() (ab)use in drivers it turned out that the
caif_spi driver has never been in use since the driver was merged 10 years
ago. There never was any matching code which provides a platform device.
The driver has not seen any update (asided of treewide changes and
cleanups) since 8 years and the maintainers vanished from the planet.
So analysing the potential contexts and the (in)correctness of
in_interrupt() usage is just a pointless exercise.
Remove the cruft.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2020-09-29
Here's the main bluetooth-next pull request for 5.10:
- Multiple fixes to suspend/resume handling
- Added mgmt events for controller suspend/resume state
- Improved extended advertising support
- btintel: Enhanced support for next generation controllers
- Added Qualcomm Bluetooth SoC WCN6855 support
- Several other smaller fixes & improvements
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Validation flags are missing kdoc, add it.
Fixes: ef6243acb4 ("genetlink: optionally validate strictly/dumps")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With SMCD version 2 the CHIDs of ISM devices are needed for the
CLC handshake.
This patch provides the new callback to retrieve the CHID of an
ISM device.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SMCD version 2 defines a System Enterprise ID (short SEID).
This patch contains the SEID creation and adds the callback to
retrieve the created SEID.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unfortunately recent Intel NIC designs share the UDP port table
across netdevs. So far the UDP tunnel port state was maintained
per netdev, we need to extend that to cater to Intel NICs.
Expect NICs to allocate the info structure dynamically and link
to the state from there. All the shared NICs will record port
offload information in the one instance of the table so we need
to make sure that the use count can accommodate larger numbers.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2020-09-28
1) Fix a build warning in ip_vti if CONFIG_IPV6 is not set.
From YueHaibing.
2) Restore IPCB on espintcp before handing the packet to xfrm
as the information there is still needed.
From Sabrina Dubroca.
3) Fix pmtu updating for xfrm interfaces.
From Sabrina Dubroca.
4) Some xfrm state information was not cloned with xfrm_do_migrate.
Fixes to clone the full xfrm state, from Antony Antony.
5) Use the correct address family in xfrm_state_find. The struct
flowi must always be interpreted along with the original
address family. This got lost over the years.
Fix from Herbert Xu.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to request that interface-iterator does NOT iterate
over interfaces that are not sdata-in-driver. This will allow
us to fix crashes in ath10k (and possibly other drivers).
To summarize Johannes' explanation:
Consider
add interface wlan0
add interface wlan1
iterate active interfaces -> wlan0 wlan1
add interface wlan2
iterate active interfaces -> wlan0 wlan1 wlan2
If you apply this scenario to a restart, which ought to be functionally
equivalent to the normal startup, just compressed in time, you're
basically saying that today you get
add interface wlan0
add interface wlan1
iterate active interfaces -> wlan0 wlan1 wlan2 << problem here
add interface wlan2
iterate active interfaces -> wlan0 wlan1 wlan2
which yeah, totally seems wrong.
But fixing that to be
add interface wlan0
add interface wlan1
iterate active interfaces ->
<nothing>
add interface wlan2
iterate active interfaces -> <nothing>
(or
maybe -> wlan0 wlan1 wlan2 if the reconfig already completed)
This is also at least somewhat wrong, but better to not iterate
over something that exists in the driver than iterate over something
that does not. Originally the first issue was causing crashes in
testing with lots of station vdevs on an ath10k radio, combined
with firmware crashing.
I ran with a similar patch for years with no obvious bad results,
including significant testing with ath9k and ath10k.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200922191957.25257-1-greearb@candelatech.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The changes required for associating in S1G are:
- apply S1G BSS channel info before assoc
- mark all S1G STAs as QoS STAs
- include and parse AID request element
- handle new Association Response format
- don't fail assoc if supported rates element is missing
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200922022818.15855-15-thomas@adapt-ip.com
[pass skb to ieee80211_add_aid_request_ie(), remove unused variable 'bss']
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
S1G doesn't have legacy (sband->bitrates) rates, only MCS.
For now, just send a frame at MCS 0 if a low rate is
requested. Note we also redefine (since we're out of TX
flags) TX_RC_VHT_MCS as TX_RC_S1G_MCS to indicate an S1G
MCS. This is probably OK as VHT MCS is not valid on S1G
band and vice versa.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200922022818.15855-12-thomas@adapt-ip.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY can be passed along with
NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK to NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
to indicate S1G capabilities which should override the
hardware capabilities in eg. the association request.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200922022818.15855-4-thomas@adapt-ip.com
[johannes: always require both attributes together, commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support 6 GHz scanning, by
* a new scan flag to scan for colocated BSSes advertised
by (and found) APs on 2.4 & 5 GHz
* doing the necessary reduced neighbor report parsing for
this, to find them
* adding the ability to split the scan request in case the
device by itself cannot support this.
Also add some necessary bits in mac80211 to not break with
these changes.
Signed-off-by: Tova Mussai <tova.mussai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200918113313.232917c93af9.Ida22f0212f9122f47094d81659e879a50434a6a2@changeid
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The Marvell 88E6060 uses tag_trailer.c and the KSZ8795, KSZ9477 and
KSZ9893 switches also use tail tags.
Tell that to the DSA core, since this makes a difference for the flow
dissector. Most switches break the parsing of frame headers, but these
ones don't, so no flow dissector adjustment needs to be done for them.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For all DSA formats that don't use tail tags, it looks like behind the
obscure number crunching they're all doing the same thing: locating the
real EtherType behind the DSA tag. Nonetheless, this is not immediately
obvious, so create a generic helper for those DSA taggers that put the
header before the EtherType.
Another assumption for the generic function is that the DSA tags are of
equal length on RX and on TX. Prior to the previous patch, this was not
true for ocelot and for gswip. The problem was resolved for ocelot, but
for gswip it still remains, so that can't use this helper yet.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no tagger that returns anything other than zero, so just change
the return type appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently DSA assumes that taggers don't mess with the destination MAC
address of the frames on RX. That is not always the case. Some DSA
headers are placed before the Ethernet header (ocelot), and others
simply mangle random bytes from the destination MAC address (sja1105
with its incl_srcpt option).
Currently the DSA master goes to promiscuous mode automatically when the
slave devices go too (such as when enslaved to a bridge), but in
standalone mode this is a problem that needs to be dealt with.
So give drivers the possibility to signal that their tagging protocol
will get randomly dropped otherwise, and let DSA deal with fixing that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sections of device flash may contain settings or device identifying
information. When performing a flash update, it is generally expected
that these settings and identifiers are not overwritten.
However, it may sometimes be useful to allow overwriting these fields
when performing a flash update. Some examples include, 1) customizing
the initial device config on first programming, such as overwriting
default device identifying information, or 2) reverting a device
configuration to known good state provided in the new firmware image, or
3) in case it is suspected that current firmware logic for managing the
preservation of fields during an update is broken.
Although some devices are able to completely separate these types of
settings and fields into separate components, this is not true for all
hardware.
To support controlling this behavior, a new
DEVLINK_ATTR_FLASH_UPDATE_OVERWRITE_MASK is defined. This is an
nla_bitfield32 which will define what subset of fields in a component
should be overwritten during an update.
If no bits are specified, or of the overwrite mask is not provided, then
an update should not overwrite anything, and should maintain the
settings and identifiers as they are in the previous image.
If the overwrite mask has the DEVLINK_FLASH_OVERWRITE_SETTINGS bit set,
then the device should be configured to overwrite any of the settings in
the requested component with settings found in the provided image.
Similarly, if the DEVLINK_FLASH_OVERWRITE_IDENTIFIERS bit is set, the
device should be configured to overwrite any device identifiers in the
requested component with the identifiers from the image.
Multiple overwrite modes may be combined to indicate that a combination
of the set of fields that should be overwritten.
Drivers which support the new overwrite mask must set the
DEVLINK_SUPPORT_FLASH_UPDATE_OVERWRITE_MASK in the
supported_flash_update_params field of their devlink_ops.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The devlink core recently gained support for checking whether the driver
supports a flash_update parameter, via `supported_flash_update_params`.
However, parameters are specified as function arguments. Adding a new
parameter still requires modifying the signature of the .flash_update
callback in all drivers.
Convert the .flash_update function to take a new `struct
devlink_flash_update_params` instead. By using this structure, and the
`supported_flash_update_params` bit field, a new parameter to
flash_update can be added without requiring modification to existing
drivers.
As before, all parameters except file_name will require driver opt-in.
Because file_name is a necessary field to for the flash_update to make
sense, no "SUPPORTED" bitflag is provided and it is always considered
valid. All future additional parameters will require a new bit in the
supported_flash_update_params bitfield.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Cc: Bin Luo <luobin9@huawei.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Cc: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When implementing .flash_update, drivers which do not support
per-component update are manually checking the component parameter to
verify that it is NULL. Without this check, the driver might accept an
update request with a component specified even though it will not honor
such a request.
Instead of having each driver check this, move the logic into
net/core/devlink.c, and use a new `supported_flash_update_params` field
in the devlink_ops. Drivers which will support per-component update must
now specify this by setting DEVLINK_SUPPORT_FLASH_UPDATE_COMPONENT in
the supported_flash_update_params in their devlink_ops.
This helps ensure that drivers do not forget to check for a NULL
component if they do not support per-component update. This also enables
a slightly better error message by enabling the core stack to set the
netlink bad attribute message to indicate precisely the unsupported
attribute in the message.
Going forward, any new additional parameter to flash update will require
a bit in the supported_flash_update_params bitfield.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Cc: Bin Luo <luobin9@huawei.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Cc: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com>
Cc: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the bpf_sk_storage_*() to take
ARG_PTR_TO_BTF_ID_SOCK_COMMON such that they will work with the pointer
returned by the bpf_skc_to_*() helpers also.
A micro benchmark has been done on a "cgroup_skb/egress" bpf program
which does a bpf_sk_storage_get(). It was driven by netperf doing
a 4096 connected UDP_STREAM test with 64bytes packet.
The stats from "kernel.bpf_stats_enabled" shows no meaningful difference.
The sk_storage_get_btf_proto, sk_storage_delete_btf_proto,
btf_sk_storage_get_proto, and btf_sk_storage_delete_proto are
no longer needed, so they are removed.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Lorenz Bauer <lmb@cloudflare.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/bpf/20200925000402.3856307-1-kafai@fb.com
Only sockets will have the chan->data set to an actual sk, channels
like A2MP would have its own data which would likely cause a crash when
calling sk_filter, in order to fix this a new callback has been
introduced so channels can implement their own filtering if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since commit cfde141ea3 ("mptcp: move option parsing into
mptcp_incoming_options()"), the 3rd function argument is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch added a new helper sk_stop_timer_sync, it deactivates a timer
like sk_stop_timer, but waits for the handler to finish.
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Geliang Tang <geliangtang@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt:46 says:
ip_forward_use_pmtu - BOOLEAN
By default we don't trust protocol path MTUs while forwarding
because they could be easily forged and can lead to unwanted
fragmentation by the router.
You only need to enable this if you have user-space software
which tries to discover path mtus by itself and depends on the
kernel honoring this information. This is normally not the case.
Default: 0 (disabled)
Possible values:
0 - disabled
1 - enabled
Which makes it pretty clear that setting it to 1 is a potential
security/safety/DoS issue, and yet it is entirely reasonable to want
forwarded traffic to honour explicitly administrator configured
route mtus (instead of defaulting to device mtu).
Indeed, I can't think of a single reason why you wouldn't want to.
Since you configured a route mtu you probably know better...
It is pretty common to have a higher device mtu to allow receiving
large (jumbo) frames, while having some routes via that interface
(potentially including the default route to the internet) specify
a lower mtu.
Note that ipv6 forwarding uses device mtu unless the route is locked
(in which case it will use the route mtu).
This approach is not usable for IPv4 where an 'mtu lock' on a route
also has the side effect of disabling TCP path mtu discovery via
disabling the IPv4 DF (don't frag) bit on all outgoing frames.
I'm not aware of a way to lock a route from an IPv6 RA, so that also
potentially seems wrong.
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Cc: Sunmeet Gill (Sunny) <sgill@quicinc.com>
Cc: Vinay Paradkar <vparadka@qti.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Tyler Wear <twear@quicinc.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All TC actions call tcf_idr_insert() for new action at the end
of their ->init(), so we can actually move it to a central place
in tcf_action_init_1().
And once the action is inserted into the global IDR, other parallel
process could free it immediately as its refcnt is still 1, so we can
not fail after this, we need to move it after the goto action
validation to avoid handling the failure case after insertion.
This is found during code review, is not directly triggered by syzbot.
And this prepares for the next patch.
Cc: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide compat_xfrm_userpolicy_info translation for xfrm setsocketopt().
Reallocate buffer and put the missing padding for 64-bit message.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Safonov <dima@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Provide the user-to-kernel translator under XFRM_USER_COMPAT, that
creates for 32-bit xfrm-user message a 64-bit translation.
The translation is afterwards reused by xfrm_user code just as if
userspace had sent 64-bit message.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Safonov <dima@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Provide the kernel-to-user translator under XFRM_USER_COMPAT, that
creates for 64-bit xfrm-user message a 32-bit translation and puts it
in skb's frag_list. net/compat.c layer provides MSG_CMSG_COMPAT to
decide if the message should be taken from skb or frag_list.
(used by wext-core which has also an ABI difference)
Kernel sends 64-bit xfrm messages to the userspace for:
- multicast (monitor events)
- netlink dumps
Wire up the translator to xfrm_nlmsg_multicast().
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Safonov <dima@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Add a skeleton for xfrm_compat module and provide API to register it in
xfrm_state.ko. struct xfrm_translator will have function pointers to
translate messages received from 32-bit userspace or to be sent to it
from 64-bit kernel.
module_get()/module_put() are used instead of rcu_read_lock() as the
module will vmalloc() memory for translation.
The new API is registered with xfrm_state module, not with xfrm_user as
the former needs translator for user_policy set by setsockopt() and
xfrm_user already uses functions from xfrm_state.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Safonov <dima@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Alexei Starovoitov says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2020-09-23
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
We've added 95 non-merge commits during the last 22 day(s) which contain
a total of 124 files changed, 4211 insertions(+), 2040 deletions(-).
The main changes are:
1) Full multi function support in libbpf, from Andrii.
2) Refactoring of function argument checks, from Lorenz.
3) Make bpf_tail_call compatible with functions (subprograms), from Maciej.
4) Program metadata support, from YiFei.
5) bpf iterator optimizations, from Yonghong.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two minor conflicts:
1) net/ipv4/route.c, adding a new local variable while
moving another local variable and removing it's
initial assignment.
2) drivers/net/dsa/microchip/ksz9477.c, overlapping changes.
One pretty prints the port mode differently, whilst another
changes the driver to try and obtain the port mode from
the port node rather than the switch node.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* some AP-side infrastructure for FILS discovery and
unsolicited probe resonses
* a major rework of the encapsulation/header conversion
offload from Felix, to fit better with e.g. AP_VLAN
interfaces
* performance fix for VHT A-MPDU size, don't limit to HT
* some initial patches for S1G (sub 1 GHz) support, more
will come in this area
* minor cleanups
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Bnsm
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-net-next-2020-09-21' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
This time we have:
* some AP-side infrastructure for FILS discovery and
unsolicited probe resonses
* a major rework of the encapsulation/header conversion
offload from Felix, to fit better with e.g. AP_VLAN
interfaces
* performance fix for VHT A-MPDU size, don't limit to HT
* some initial patches for S1G (sub 1 GHz) support, more
will come in this area
* minor cleanups
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When calculating ancestor_size with IPv6 enabled, simply using
sizeof(struct ipv6_pinfo) doesn't account for extra bytes needed for
alignment in the struct sctp6_sock. On x86, there aren't any extra
bytes, but on ARM the ipv6_pinfo structure is aligned on an 8-byte
boundary so there were 4 pad bytes that were omitted from the
ancestor_size calculation. This would lead to corruption of the
pd_lobby pointers, causing an oops when trying to free the sctp
structure on socket close.
Fixes: 636d25d557 ("sctp: not copy sctp_sock pd_lobby in sctp_copy_descendant")
Signed-off-by: Henry Ptasinski <hptasinski@google.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the DSA drivers to implement the devlink call to get info info,
e.g. driver name, firmware version, ASIC ID, etc.
v2:
Combine declaration and the assignment on a single line.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow DSA drivers to make use of devlink regions, via simple wrappers.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Given a devlink instance, return the dsa switch it is associated to.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the region to be snapshotted to the function performing the
snapshot. This allows one function to operate on numerous regions.
v4:
Add missing kerneldoc for ICE
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver may have multiple regions which can be dumped using one
function. However, for this to work, additional information is
needed. Add a priv member to the ops structure for the driver to use
however it likes.
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dev flash status notify function parameter lists are getting
rather long, so add a struct to be filled and passed rather than
continuously changing the function signatures.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a timeout element to the DEVLINK_CMD_FLASH_UPDATE_STATUS
netlink message for use by a userland utility to show that
a particular firmware flash activity may take a long but
bounded time to finish. Also add a handy helper for drivers
to make use of the new timeout value.
UI usage hints:
- if non-zero, add timeout display to the end of the status line
[component] status_msg ( Xm Ys : Am Bs )
using the timeout value for Am Bs and updating the Xm Ys
every second
- if the timeout expires while awaiting the next update,
display something like
[component] status_msg ( timeout reached : Am Bs )
- if new status notify messages are received, remove
the timeout and start over
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds mac80211 support to configure unsolicited
broadcast probe response transmission for in-band discovery in 6GHz.
Changes include functions to store and retrieve probe response template,
and packet interval (0 - 20 TUs).
Setting interval to 0 disables the unsolicited broadcast probe response
transmission.
Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/010101747a946b35-ad25858a-1f1f-48df-909e-dc7bf26d9169-000000@us-west-2.amazonses.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds new attributes to support unsolicited broadcast
probe response transmission used for in-band
discovery in 6GHz band (IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2, AP behavior for
fast passive scanning).
The new attribute, NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, is nested which
supports following parameters:
(1) NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT - Packet interval
(2) NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL - Template data
Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/010101747a946698-aac263ae-2ed3-4dab-9590-0bc7131214e1-000000@us-west-2.amazonses.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
S1G channels have a single width defined per frequency, so
derive it from the channel flags with
ieee80211_s1g_channel_width().
Also support setting an S1G channel where control frequency may
differ from operating, and add some basic validation to
ensure the control channel is with the operating.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908190323.15814-6-thomas@adapt-ip.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
S1G supports 5 channel widths: 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. One
channel width is allowed per frequency in each operating
class, so it makes more sense to advertise the specific
channel width allowed.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908190323.15814-3-thomas@adapt-ip.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to unify the tx status path, the hw 802.11 encapsulation flag
needs to survive the trip to the tx status call.
Since we don't have any free bits in info->flags, we need to move one.
IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING is only used internally in mac80211,
and only before the call into the driver.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-10-nbd@nbd.name
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All drivers using airtime fairness are calling ieee80211_sta_register_airtime
directly, now they must. Document this as well.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-8-nbd@nbd.name
[johannes: update the documentation to suit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The current API (which lets the driver turn on/off per vif directly) has a
number of limitations:
- it does not deal with AP_VLAN
- conditions for enabling (no tkip, no monitor) are only checked at
add_interface time
- no way to indicate 4-addr support
In order to address this, store offload flags in struct ieee80211_vif
(easy to extend for decap offload later). mac80211 initially sets the enable
flag, but gives the driver a chance to modify it before its settings are
applied. In addition to the .add_interface op, a .update_vif_offload op is
introduced, which can be used for runtime changes.
If a driver can't disable encap offload at runtime, or if it has some extra
limitations, it can simply override the flags within those ops.
Support for encap offload with 4-address mode interfaces can be enabled
by setting a flag from .add_interface or .update_vif_offload.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-6-nbd@nbd.name
[resolved conflict with commit aa2092a9ba ("ath11k: add raw mode and
software crypto support")]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The value of struct bss_parameters::ap_isolate will be -1, 0 or 1.
The value -1 means not to change. To prevent developers from thinking
ap_isolate is only 0 or 1, I add more comments on it.
Signed-off-by: Wright Feng <wright.feng@cypress.com>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908060157.98846-1-wright.feng@cypress.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is not used since commit a09ceb0e08 ("sched: remove qdisc->drop")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the only listener of the nexthop notification chain is the
VXLAN driver. Subsequent patches will add more listeners (e.g., device
drivers such as netdevsim) that need to be able to block when processing
notifications.
Therefore, convert the notification chain to a blocking one. This is
safe as notifications are always emitted from process context.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not used anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Suggested-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not used or implemented anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a test command for health reporters. User might use this
command to trigger test event on a reporter if the reporter supports it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
so the switchdev can notifiy the bridge to flush non-permanent fdb entries
for this port. This is useful whenever the hardware fdb of the switchdev
is reset, but the netdev and the bridgeport are not deleted.
Note that this has the same effect as the IFLA_BRPORT_FLUSH attribute.
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
CC: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
CC: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@nvidia.com>
CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandra Winter <wintera@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@nvidia.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we can see from vxlan_build/parse_gbp_hdr(), when processing metadata
on vxlan rx/tx path, only dont_learn/policy_applied/policy_id fields can
be set to or parse from the packet for vxlan gbp option.
So we'd better do the mask when set it in act_tunnel_key and cls_flower.
Otherwise, when users don't know these bits, they may configure with a
value which can never be matched.
Reported-by: Shuang Li <shuali@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
flowi4_multipath_hash was added by the commit referenced below for
tunnels. Unfortunately, the patch did not initialize the new field
for several fast path lookups that do not initialize the entire flow
struct to 0. Fix those locations. Currently, flowi4_multipath_hash
is random garbage and affects the hash value computed by
fib_multipath_hash for multipath selection.
Fixes: 24ba14406c ("route: Add multipath_hash in flowi_common to make user-define hash")
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Cc: wenxu <wenxu@ucloud.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SOCK_QUEUE_SHRUNK is currently used by TCP as a temporary state
that remembers if some room has been made in the rtx queue
by an incoming ACK packet.
This is later used from tcp_check_space() before
considering to send EPOLLOUT.
Problem is: If we receive SACK packets, and no packet
is removed from RTX queue, we can send fresh packets, thus
moving them from write queue to rtx queue and eventually
empty the write queue.
This stall can happen if TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT is used.
With this fix, we no longer risk stalling sends while holes
are repaired, and we can fully use socket sndbuf.
This also removes a cache line dirtying for typical RPC
workloads.
Fixes: c9bee3b7fd ("tcp: TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT socket option")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That is needed to let the subflows announce promptly when new
space is available in the receive buffer.
tcp_cleanup_rbuf() is currently a static function, drop the
scope modifier and add a declaration in the TCP header.
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathew.j.martineau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Emit controller suspend and resume events when we are ready for suspend
and we've resumed from suspend.
The controller suspend event will report whatever suspend state was
successfully entered. The controller resume event will check the first
HCI event that was received after we finished preparing for suspend and,
if it was a connection event, store the address of the peer that caused
the event. If it was not a connection event, we mark the wake reason as
an unexpected event.
Here is a sample btmon trace with these events:
@ MGMT Event: Controller Suspended (0x002d) plen 1
Suspend state: Page scanning and/or passive scanning (2)
@ MGMT Event: Controller Resumed (0x002e) plen 8
Wake reason: Remote wake due to peer device connection (2)
LE Address: CD:F3:CD:13:C5:9A (OUI CD-F3-CD)
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Miao-chen Chou <mcchou@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add the controller suspend and resume events, which will signal when
Bluetooth has completed preparing for suspend and when it's ready for
resume.
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Pandit-Subedi <abhishekpandit@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Miao-chen Chou <mcchou@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sonny Sasaka <sonnysasaka@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For new advertising features, it will be important for userspace to
know the capabilities of the controller and kernel. If the controller
and kernel support extended advertising, we include flags indicating
hardware offloading support and support for setting tx power of adv
instances.
In the future, vendor-specific commands may allow the setting of tx
power in advertising instances, but for now this feature is only
marked available if extended advertising is supported.
This change is manually verified in userspace by ensuring the
advertising manager's supported_flags field is updated with new flags on
hatch chromebook (ext advertising supported).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Winkler <danielwinkler@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the previous patches ensure that all call sites for
tcp_set_congestion_control() want to initialize congestion control, we
can simplify tcp_set_congestion_control() by removing the reinit
argument and the code to support it.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Yang <yyd@google.com>
Cc: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Change tcp_init_transfer() to only initialize congestion control if it
has not been initialized already.
With this new approach, we can arrange things so that if the EBPF code
sets the congestion control by calling setsockopt(TCP_CONGESTION) then
tcp_init_transfer() will not re-initialize the CC module.
This is an approach that has the following beneficial properties:
(1) This allows CC module customizations made by the EBPF called in
tcp_init_transfer() to persist, and not be wiped out by a later
call to tcp_init_congestion_control() in tcp_init_transfer().
(2) Does not flip the order of EBPF and CC init, to avoid causing bugs
for existing code upstream that depends on the current order.
(3) Does not cause 2 initializations for for CC in the case where the
EBPF called in tcp_init_transfer() wants to set the CC to a new CC
algorithm.
(4) Allows follow-on simplifications to the code in net/core/filter.c
and net/ipv4/tcp_cong.c, which currently both have some complexity
to special-case CC initialization to avoid double CC
initialization if EBPF sets the CC.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Yang <yyd@google.com>
Cc: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
There is no @validate argument.
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fixes: 3de6440354 ("netlink: re-add parse/validate functions in strict mode")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds a new TCP feature to reflect the tos value received in
SYN, and send it out on the SYN-ACK, and eventually set the tos value of
the established socket with this reflected tos value. This provides a
way to set the traffic class/QoS level for all traffic in the same
connection to be the same as the incoming SYN request. It could be
useful in data centers to provide equivalent QoS according to the
incoming request.
This feature is guarded by /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_reflect_tos, and is by
default turned off.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds tos as a new passed in parameter to
ip_build_and_send_pkt() which will be used in the later commit.
This is a pure restructure and does not have any functional change.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A devlink port may be for a controller consist of PCI device.
A devlink instance holds ports of two types of controllers.
(1) controller discovered on same system where eswitch resides
This is the case where PCI PF/VF of a controller and devlink eswitch
instance both are located on a single system.
(2) controller located on external host system.
This is the case where a controller is located in one system and its
devlink eswitch ports are located in a different system.
When a devlink eswitch instance serves the devlink ports of both
controllers together, PCI PF/VF numbers may overlap.
Due to this a unique phys_port_name cannot be constructed.
For example in below such system controller-0 and controller-1, each has
PCI PF pf0 whose eswitch ports can be present in controller-0.
These results in phys_port_name as "pf0" for both.
Similar problem exists for VFs and upcoming Sub functions.
An example view of two controller systems:
---------------------------------------------------------
| |
| --------- --------- ------- ------- |
----------- | | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| |
| server | | ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- |
| pci rc |=== | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ |
| connect | | ------- ------- |
----------- | | controller_num=1 (no eswitch) |
------|--------------------------------------------------
(internal wire)
|
---------------------------------------------------------
| devlink eswitch ports and reps |
| ----------------------------------------------------- |
| |ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 | ctrl-0 |ctrl-0 | |
| |pf0 | pf0vfN | pf0sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf1sfN | |
| ----------------------------------------------------- |
| |ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 | ctrl-1 |ctrl-1 | |
| |pf1 | pf1vfN | pf1sfN | pf1 | pf1vfN |pf0sfN | |
| ----------------------------------------------------- |
| |
| |
| --------- --------- ------- ------- |
| | vf(s) | | sf(s) | |vf(s)| |sf(s)| |
| ------- ----/---- ---/----- ------- ---/--- ---/--- |
| | pf0 |______/________/ | pf1 |___/_______/ |
| ------- ------- |
| |
| local controller_num=0 (eswitch) |
---------------------------------------------------------
An example devlink port for external controller with controller
number = 1 for a VF 1 of PF 0:
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2
pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf controller 1 pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false
function:
hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp
{
"port": {
"pci/0000:06:00.0/2": {
"type": "eth",
"netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1",
"flavour": "pcivf",
"controller": 1,
"pfnum": 0,
"vfnum": 1,
"external": true,
"splittable": false,
"function": {
"hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00"
}
}
}
}
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A devlink eswitch port may represent PCI PF/VF ports of a controller.
A controller either located on same system or it can be an external
controller located in host where such NIC is plugged in.
Add the ability for driver to specify if a port is for external
controller.
Use such flag in the mlx5_core driver.
An example of an external controller having VF1 of PF0 belong to
controller 1.
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2
pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false
function:
hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00
$ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp
{
"port": {
"pci/0000:06:00.0/2": {
"type": "eth",
"netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1",
"flavour": "pcivf",
"pfnum": 0,
"vfnum": 1,
"external": true,
"splittable": false,
"function": {
"hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00"
}
}
}
}
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To add more fields to the PCI PF and VF port attributes, follow standard
structure comment format.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add comment block for physical, PF and VF port attributes.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next:
1) Rewrite inner header IPv6 in ICMPv6 messages in ip6t_NPT,
from Michael Zhou.
2) do_ip_vs_set_ctl() dereferences uninitialized value,
from Peilin Ye.
3) Support for userdata in tables, from Jose M. Guisado.
4) Do not increment ct error and invalid stats at the same time,
from Florian Westphal.
5) Remove ct ignore stats, also from Florian.
6) Add ct stats for clash resolution, from Florian Westphal.
7) Bump reference counter bump on ct clash resolution only,
this is safe because bucket lock is held, again from Florian.
8) Use ip_is_fragment() in xt_HMARK, from YueHaibing.
9) Add wildcard support for nft_socket, from Balazs Scheidler.
10) Remove superfluous IPVS dependency on iptables, from
Yaroslav Bolyukin.
11) Remove unused definition in ebt_stp, from Wang Hai.
12) Replace CONFIG_NFT_CHAIN_NAT_{IPV4,IPV6} by CONFIG_NFT_NAT
in selftests/net, from Fabian Frederick.
13) Add userdata support for nft_object, from Jose M. Guisado.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enables storing userdata for nft_object. Initially this will store an
optional comment but can be extended in the future as needed.
Adds new attribute NFTA_OBJ_USERDATA to nft_object.
Signed-off-by: Jose M. Guisado Gomez <guigom@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
On x86_64, each notification results in one skbuff allocation which
consumes at least 768 bytes due to the skbuff overhead.
This patch coalesces several notifications into one single skbuff, so
each notification consumes at least ~211 bytes, that ~3.5 times less
memory consumption. As a result, this is reducing the chances to exhaust
the netlink socket receive buffer.
Rule of thumb is that each notification batch only contains netlink
messages whose report flag is the same, nfnetlink_send() requires this
to do appropriate delivery to userspace, either via unicast (echo
mode) or multicast (monitor mode).
The skbuff control buffer is used to annotate the report flag for later
handling at the new coalescing routine.
The batch skbuff notification size is NLMSG_GOODSIZE, using a larger
skbuff would allow for more socket receiver buffer savings (to amortize
the cost of the skbuff even more), however, going over that size might
break userspace applications, so let's be conservative and stick to
NLMSG_GOODSIZE.
Reported-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Acked-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
